city bus private operations - sutp · implementation of city bus private operations. this trend has...
TRANSCRIPT
PREPARED BY
MINISTRY OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT
SUPPORTED BY
CITY BUS PRIVATE OPERATIONS
GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
NOVEMBER 2016
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 2
PREFACE
Urban transport is a vital component of urban infrastructure and a lifeline for cities. A well-planned and
developed transportation system is integral to economic and social activity and is a key factor in urban
economic growth. Bus transport plays an important role in supplementing the overall urban transport in a
city. Furthermore, the provision of bus service involves minimal installation cost, flexibility in operation
and lower fare structure vis-à-vis other transport modes.
In line with this, the NUTP (2006) recommended setting up high-capacity public transport systems through
the mechanism of Special Purpose Vehicles and promotion of private sector participation. A number of
urban local bodies thus have come forward for using the Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model in
implementation of city bus private operations. This trend has accelerated at a rapid pace following various
initiatives by the Government of India. However, lack of well-designed contractual and institutional
frameworks have led to these PPP initiatives experiencing difficulties impacting the revenues, cost and
service quality.
Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), Government of India (GoI) appointed the consultant Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu India Limited Liability Partnership (erstwhile Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private
Limited) to review the current public contracting experience in India and five selected international cities,
and subsequently drafting guidelines and model contract for city bus private operations. In this context,
this document has been prepared as guidance for cities in preparing a comprehensive bus contract suitable
to the context and environment.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 3
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
National Urban Transport Policy (NUTP) of the Government of India (GoI) has been framed with the
objective to work towards sustainable urban transport in Indian cities. MoUD, GoI is undertaking the GEF-
Sustainable Urban Transport Project (GEF-SUTP) with support of the Global Environment Facility (GEF),
World Bank and UNDP to create a platform for working together with State/local governments towards
implementation of NUTP.
The Project Management Unit (PMU), Project Management Consultant (PMC) and the Consultant express
their deep gratitude to MoUD for entrusting the responsibility for development of model contracts and
guidelines document for city bus private operations as part of the GEF-SUTP.
The Consultant is grateful to Secretary (MoUD) and Additional Secretary (MoUD) for providing direction
and guidance to the team time to time. The Consultant is also grateful to OSD (UT) & ex-officio Joint
Secretary, and Director (UT – 1), MoUD for their useful suggestions, guidance and inputs during the course
of development of the document.
The Consultant is grateful to Ms. Nupur Gupta (Task Team Leader, World Bank), Mr. I. C Sharma (PMU),
Mr. Sudesh Kumar (Project Leader, PMC) and the entire World Bank, PMU and PMC team for their
unstinted support and untiring efforts in painstakingly reviewing this guidelines document and providing
valuable suggestions and inputs during the course of development of the document.
The Consultant is also grateful to all the cities which participated in the workshops organised by MoUD as
a part of this project. Their valuable suggestions have contributed immensely in the development of the
document.
The Consultant also thank the three cities (Jalandhar, Kochi, and Mira Bhaindar) which were chosen for
preparing city specific contracts. Their reviews and suggestions were very critical and have led to refining
of the document from the given city’s perspective.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 4
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Urban transport is a vital lifeline which supports the growth of an economy. A well-planned and integrated
transportation system acts as an efficient and effective facilitator to the development of regional, economic
and social activity. City bus transport plays a significant role in Indian cities in providing passenger
transport services.
NUTP (2006) recommends setting up high-capacity public transport systems through the mechanism of
Special Purpose Vehicles and promotion of private sector participation in providing city bus services. In
line with this, a number of cities have come forward for using the PPP model in implementation of city bus
private operations. However, there does not exist any model contract for city bus private operations in
sharp contrast with other sector of infrastructure, e.g., airports, ports, highways, where model guidelines
and contract documents have been developed. In this context, this guidelines document has been developed
as guidance to cities in preparing a comprehensive bus contract suitable to the context and environment of
their city.
The document elaborates the strategic process that the city authority may follow to help them choose the
appropriate business model and contract type for city bus private operations based on a broad understanding
of existing business environment and desired outcomes.
The documents starts by discussing the process involved in assessing the external business and operating
environment and then preparing a business plan for city bus operations. The external evaluation focuses on
parameters such as existing travel modes, dependency on public transport, competitive scenario, potential
customers, etc. The preparation of business plan focuses on various activities involved in delivering bus
transport systems including risk assignment, network and service planning, revenue model and collection,
essential infrastructure, etc.
The document also evaluates the merits and demerits of different contract types while considering the
objectives of the city and existing situation. It provides a decision framework to facilitate an informed
decision for choosing a right contract for a city. Further, it also provides guidance on contractual structure
and parameters to help the city authorities develop a clear picture of the challenges associated with the
contract and assist them in managing specific contractual issues.
The document describes procurement guidelines and assists the user in selecting appropriate procurement
strategy. The procurement guidelines includes details on bid evaluation method, preparation of bid and
contract documents, and signing of the contract. An important aspect of a good contract is effective
performance monitoring. The guidelines document captures the process of setting performance indicators
and outlines the city authority’s responsibilities and obligations for performance monitoring.
The document also explores methods and models that may evolve in the future which have not been
included in the current contractual framework and could be incorporated into existing model contracts by
the city authorities as city bus private operations matures.
The document intends to act as a detailed guidance for cities to develop a strategic approach for choosing
the type and elements of the contract essential to deliver efficient public transport services. It is to be read
along with the four model contracts, namely, Gross Cost, Gross Cost Hybrid, Net Cost and Net Cost
Hybrid, for a comprehensive understanding its application and for achieving the maximum utility from it.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 11
1.1 BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................................................... 11 1.2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ......................................................................................... 12 1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ...................................................................................... 12 1.4 STRUCTURE OF GUIDELINES DOCUMENT ............................................................................................ 13
2. ASSESSING THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................... 16
2.1 REVIEW OF CURRENT OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................... 17 2.2 ANALYSIS OF FACTORS AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT SERVICES .......................................................... 27 2.3 TRANSFORMING INFERENCES INTO IMPLEMENTABLE ACTIONS ........................................................... 28
3. PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL ........................................................................................ 29
3.1 STAGES OF PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL .................................................................................... 29 3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN ..................................................................................................................... 35 3.3 NETWORK AND SERVICE PLANNING ................................................................................................... 35 3.4 OPTIONS FOR BUS OPERATOR ENGAGEMENT ..................................................................................... 39 3.5 REVENUE MODEL AND COLLECTION ................................................................................................... 40 3.6 MANAGING FINANCIAL PRESSURES AND FARE INCREASES ................................................................ 42 3.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL .............................................................................................................. 45 3.8 MARKETING AND BRANDING OF SERVICE .......................................................................................... 46 3.9 FINANCIAL MODEL ............................................................................................................................. 47 3.10 SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................................... 48
4. CHOOSING THE RIGHT CONTRACT ...................................................................................... 49
4.1 OVERVIEW OF CONTRACT OPTIONS .................................................................................................... 49 4.2 BUS OPERATION BY A PUBLICALLY-OWNED ENTERPRISE/STATE TRANSPORT UNDERTAKING (STU) 49 4.3 FULL PRIVATISATION OF BUS OPERATIONS ........................................................................................ 51 4.4 PPP CONTRACTS ................................................................................................................................. 51 4.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF A GROSS COST MODEL................................................................................... 55 4.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF A HYBRID GROSS COST MODEL ..................................................................... 57 4.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF A NET COST MODEL ....................................................................................... 60 4.8 SALIENT FEATURES OF HYBRID NCC ................................................................................................. 62 4.9 SELECTING THE ‘MOST SUITABLE’ CONTRACT TYPE FOR YOUR CITY ................................................ 63
5. DEVELOPING PPP CONTRACT PARAMETERS ..................................................................... 68
5.1 RISK IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOCATION ............................................................................................ 68 5.2 TRANSITION PLAN ............................................................................................................................... 71 5.3 CONTRACT INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................................... 72 5.4 FLEET SELECTION AND PROCUREMENT .............................................................................................. 76 5.5 LENGTH OF CONTRACT ....................................................................................................................... 81 5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES ............................................................................................................. 85 5.7 CONTRACT TERMINATION & ARBITRATION ........................................................................................ 91
6. PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES ................................................................................................. 94
6.1 CHOOSING THE RIGHT PARTNER ......................................................................................................... 94 6.2 PROCUREMENT STRATEGY .................................................................................................................. 95 6.3 PREPARATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT .................................................................... 98 6.4 PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................................... 103 6.5 SIGNING OF CONTRACT ..................................................................................................................... 105
7. POST AWARD CONTRACT MANAGEMENT ..........................................................................106
7.1 THE MONITORING FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................................... 106 7.2 MONITORING DURING THE COURSE OF OPERATIONS ......................................................................... 107
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 6
8. IN LIEU OF A CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................110
ANNEXURE I - DRAFT STRUCTURE OF MODEL CONTRACTS .................................................113
ANNEXURE II – GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF MODEL CONTRACT ........................................128
ANNEXURE III - GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL ...........................147
ANNEXURE IV - RESPONSIBILITY ALLOCATION MATRIX ......................................................152
ANNEXURE V – FLEET ....................................................................................................................155
ANNEXURE VI – INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................................................................165
ANNEXURE VII– OPERATIONS ......................................................................................................178
ANNEXURE VIII – REVENUE ..........................................................................................................186
ANNEXURE IX – PERMITS ..............................................................................................................193
ANNEXURE X – PLANNING & CONTRACTUAL ISSUES .............................................................197
ANNEXURE XI – SERVICE QUALITY PARAMETERS ..................................................................200
ANNEXURE XII – LIST OF INFRACTIONS AND PENALTIES ......................................................208
ANNEXURE XIII – FARE FIXATION, STRUCTURING AND REVISION ......................................221
ANNEXURE XIV – BLOCK COST ESTIMATES .............................................................................238
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 7
TABLE OF EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT 1-1 KEY CHALLENGES FACED IN CITY BUS PRIVATE OPERATIONS .................................................................. 11
EXHIBIT 1-2 ACTIVITIES AND KEY DECISIONS IN BUSINESS MODEL PLANNING ............................................................ 13
EXHIBIT 2-1 FACTORS INFLUENCING BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 16
EXHIBIT 2-2 PROCESS OF ASSESSING THE BUS SERVICE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................... 16
EXHIBIT 2-3 REVIEW PARAMETERS AND SOURCE OF DATA .......................................................................................... 17
EXHIBIT 2-4 PARAMETERS AND THEIR POSSIBLE EFFECT ............................................................................................. 18
EXHIBIT 2-5 ACTS / LAWS GOVERNING BUS TRANSPORT............................................................................................ 19
EXHIBIT 2-6 INSTITUTIONAL ENVIRONMENT AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT ................................................................... 20
EXHIBIT 2-7 AGENCIES AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................. 21
EXHIBIT 2-8 COMPARISON OF A TRADITIONAL REGULATORY APPROACH AND A MORE COMMERCIAL APPROACH TO
MANAGING BUS SERVICES ................................................................................................................................... 23
EXHIBIT 2-9 ASSIGNMENT OF RISK IN A SHARED RISK MODEL ..................................................................................... 25
EXHIBIT 2-10 SWOT ANALYSIS FOR REVIEW OF BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT ................................................................. 27
EXHIBIT 3-1 CONSIDERATIONS FOR GOAL SETTING ..................................................................................................... 30
EXHIBIT 3-2 SETTING GOALS FOR CITY BUS TRANSPORT ............................................................................................. 31
EXHIBIT 3-3 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ............................................................................................................. 33
EXHIBIT 3-4 TYPE OF PERMITS AND THEIR MERITS/DEMERITS ..................................................................................... 36
EXHIBIT 3-5 ADVANTAGES OF A PPP CONTRACT ........................................................................................................ 39
EXHIBIT 3-6 REVENUE COLLECTION ........................................................................................................................... 40
EXHIBIT 3-7 THE FARE ESCALATION FORMULA IN HONG KONG ................................................................................. 43
EXHIBIT 3-8 FARE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA IN SINGAPORE ......................................................................................... 43
EXHIBIT 4-1 GUIDING PRINCIPLE AND OPTIONS FOR MODEL CONTRACTS .................................................................. 49
EXHIBIT 4-2 FEATURES OF GCC, NCC AND HYBRID CONTRACT ................................................................................. 54
EXHIBIT 4-3 FLOW OF FUNDS FROM ESCROW ACCOUNT ............................................................................................. 57
EXHIBIT 4-4 THE HYBRID CONTRACT MODEL USED IN ADELAIDE .............................................................................. 58
EXHIBIT 4-5 SAMPLE MONTHLY LOAD FACTOR AND BONUS PERCENT VALUES ............................................................ 60
EXHIBIT 4-6 CONTRACT DECISION FRAMEWORK PARAMETERS ................................................................................... 63
EXHIBIT 4-7 DECISION CRITERIA FOR CONTRACT SELECTION ..................................................................................... 65
EXHIBIT 5-1 ADDRESSING CONTRACT PARAMETERS ................................................................................................... 68
EXHIBIT 5-2 TYPES OF RISK IN CITY BUS OPERATIONS ............................................................................................... 68
EXHIBIT 5-3 DEGREES OF RISK .................................................................................................................................... 69
EXHIBIT 5-4 EVALUATING RISK .................................................................................................................................. 70
EXHIBIT 5-5 RISK ALLOCATION MATRIX .................................................................................................................... 71
EXHIBIT 5-6 REVENUE PROTECTION IN SANTIAGO, CHILE .......................................................................................... 72
EXHIBIT 5-7 FACTORS IN SELECTION OF FLEET ............................................................................................................ 76
EXHIBIT 5-8 FRANKFURT/M. (D): TENDERING OF BUS ROUTE BUNDLE CONTRACTS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL
INCENTIVES ......................................................................................................................................................... 77
EXHIBIT 5-9 DECISION FRAMEWORK FOR FLEET PROCUREMENT ................................................................................. 79
EXHIBIT 5-10 RESPONSIBILITY FOR FLEET PROCUREMENT .......................................................................................... 81
EXHIBIT 5-11 CHALLENGES FACED IN DECIDING CONTRACT DURATION ...................................................................... 82
EXHIBIT 5-12 CONTRACT LENGTH IN BOGOTA, COLOMBIA ........................................................................................ 82
EXHIBIT 5-13 PROS AND CONS OF SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS ............................................................................... 83
EXHIBIT 5-15 FACTORS AFFECTING NUMBER OF DEPOTS ............................................................................................. 85
EXHIBIT 5-16 PLANNING FOR BUS DEPOT FACILITIES ................................................................................................... 86
EXHIBIT 5-17 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUS DEPOTS ........................................................................... 86
EXHIBIT 5-18 DECISION FRAMEWORK FOR BUS STOPS ................................................................................................. 88
EXHIBIT 5-19 PLANNING FOR BUS STOPS ..................................................................................................................... 88
EXHIBIT 5-20 PLANNING FOR BUS TERMINALS ............................................................................................................ 90
EXHIBIT 5-21 EXAMPLE OF GULBARGA BUS TERMINAL ............................................................................................. 90
EXHIBIT 6-1 PROCESS FOR PROCUREMENT .................................................................................................................. 94
EXHIBIT 6-2 BID PROCESSES ....................................................................................................................................... 97
EXHIBIT 6-3 ADVANCE INFORMATION TO OPERATORS DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS ................................................ 99
EXHIBIT 6-4 EXPERIENCE WEIGHTS .......................................................................................................................... 101
EXHIBIT 6-5 MULTIPLYING FACTOR .......................................................................................................................... 101
EXHIBIT 6-6 BID PARAMETER BY TYPE OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 103
EXHIBIT 7-1 PERFORMANCE MONITORING, REPORTING & REVIEW FRAMEWORK .................................................... 106
EXHIBIT 7-2 MONITORING AND SUPERVISION LONDON (GB): FINANCIAL INCENTIVES IN A GROSS COST CONTRACT
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 108
EXHIBIT 7-3 ENFORCEMENT IN AMSTERDAM (NL): DIRECT AWARD WITH COMPETITIVE THREAT ............................ 109
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 8
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AFC Automated Fare Collection
AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
AMRUT Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation
ATSC Adaptive Traffic Signal Control
BEST Brihanmumbai Electric Supply & Transport
BRTS Bus Rapid Transit system
CCTV Closed Circuit Television
CDP City Development Plan
CMP Comprehensive Mobility Plan
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CPI Consumer Price Index
CPM Contractual Management Procedures Manual
CTTS Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies
DIMTS Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System
DSCR Debt Service Coverage Ratio
EI Energy Index
EOI Expression of Interest
ETVM Electronic Ticketing Vending Machine
GCC Gross Cost Contract
GPS Global Positioning System
IETT Istanbul Electricity, Tramway and Tunnel Company
IPT Intermediate Public Transport
IRR Internal Rate of Return
IT Information Technology
ITS Intelligence Transport System
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 9
JnNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
JV Joint Venture
KPI Key performance Indicators
LED Light Emitting Diode
LF Load Factor
LOS Level of Service
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
MKBA Mean kilometres operation between accidents
MKBF Mean kilometres travelled between bus failures
MRT Mass Rapid Transit
MSL Minimum Service level
MTRCL Mass Transit Railway Corporation Limited
NCC Net Cost Contract
NGO Non-governmental organisation
NMT Non-motorised transport
NOC No objection certificate
NPV Net Present Value
NUTP National Urban Transport Policy
O-D Origin - Destination
PIS Passenger Information System
PPP Public Private Partnership
PSO Public Service Obligation
PT Public Transport
PTA Public Transport Agency
PTO Public Transport Operators’
QCBS Quality cum Cost Based Selection
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 10
RFP Request for Proposal
RFQ Request for Qualification
RTO Regional Transport Office
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle
STU State Transport Undertaking
SWOT Strength Weakness Opportunity Threat
TfL Transport for London
ULB Urban Local Body
WI Wage Index
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 11
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
Urban transport has been identified as a vital lifeline which supports the growth of an economy. A well-
planned and integrated transportation system acts as an efficient and effective facilitator to the development
of regional, economic and social activity. Transport services need to be efficient and affordable for
maximising their use, and at the same time, must generate sufficient revenues for their financial viability
to continue meeting the ever expanding demand for urban transport. This need for efficiency, affordability
and viability influences transit ownership, business processes, planning and investment patterns.
While State Transport Undertakings (STUs) have provided transportation services for several decades, the
focus of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) on city bus transport started gaining prominence with the advent of
Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM). JnNURM envisaged a number of reforms
at the city and state levels for achieving effective, efficient and sustainable development of urban
infrastructure including that of urban public transport (PT) system. One of such reforms for PT was
formation of Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) for the operation of city bus transport services in an efficient,
economic and sustainable manner. SPVs may seek active participation of the private sector in investments,
or management, of PT services.
However, experience also shows that private operators focus mainly on the maximisation of returns on
investment and fail to maintain or provide a desired level of service quality. There is also a deficiency in
public sector performance in efficient and effective transit network planning. Failures on both sides have
led to a persistent conflict between maximisation of profit and serving of public interest. The key issues in
city bus operations are highlighted below.
Exhibit 1-1 Key challenges faced in city bus private operations
To address these challenges, and improve city bus transport services, a number of cities are encouraging
private sector participation to gain access to stronger managerial capacity, new technology, and specialised
skills via Public Private Partnerships (PPPs). Although operational, PPPs have been experiencing
difficulties due to lack of well-designed contractual and institutional frameworks, impacting the revenues,
cost and service quality. Deficiencies in existing contracts include lack of clauses for conditions precedent,
inadequate identification and allocation of business risks, limited monitoring framework, ill-defined
payment and performance monitoring mechanisms, etc. Many of the contracts also lack sufficient
incentives to influence the behaviour, responsibility and obligations of contracting parties.
This guidelines document for development of model contractual framework outlines the process of
preparing a comprehensive bus contract suitable to the context and environment of the concerned authority.
The document examines various structures and alternatives for the participation of private bus operators;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 12
it also presents different forms and contents of a PPP contract and provides procurement and management
guidelines.
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
The purpose of this document is to provide a strategy to develop a contract for bus operations for a city,
subject to the city's unique circumstances and requirements. Since each city is unique in its institutional
structure, existing infrastructure, stakeholder capacity, and finance availability, a generic contract model
would be inadequate for all cities. The document attempts to identify and classify these differences and
develop a strategic approach for choosing the type and elements of the contract essential to deliver efficient
public transport services. The document proposes four types of contracts, namely, Gross Cost, Gross Cost
Hybrid, Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid, that may be customised for a particular city. The key features of
each of these contracts are described in Chapter 4, and the corresponding term sheets are provided in
Annexure I.
1.2.1 Use of the Guidelines Document
These guidelines are intended to be used by city authorities to help them choose the appropriate business
model and contract type for city bus private operations, based on a broad understanding of existing business
environment and desired outcomes.
The document examines various types of contracts possible and provides a clear understanding of the pros
and cons associated with each type of contracting modality. Further, the document also explores the role
of PPP contracts in the business landscape.
The document should be updated periodically with experience gained during the implementation of
existing or new city bus projects and new developments.
1.2.2 Limitations of the Guidelines Document
The guidelines document spells out a strategic process that the city authority may follow to develop a
suitable contract and does not include detailed technical and financial parameters apart from contract
related parameters. It highlights the activities to be undertaken for efficient delivery of bus transport
services but does not capture details regarding operationalising the sub-tasks. The document does not
intend to provide detailed engineering or operational recommendations, nor does it present detailed design-
level advice. City authorities are advised to engage a transaction advisor considering the scale of the
project.
1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
Cities may encourage participation of private operators to improve service performance and wider public
objectives. While the contract structure mainly drives the operator engagement, contract success is driven
primarily by its business model. A business model with distorted incentives, or one that promotes negative
behaviour, can never be effective in delivering the intended results. This document helps city authorities
avoid these mistakes and assists them to develop efficient business models relevant to the situation at hand.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 13
Exhibit 1-2 Activities and key decisions in business model planning
The exhibit above illustrates the business model elements and key decisions. The business model needs to
be cognitive of the business environment affecting bus transport system, city conditions, expectations of
various stakeholders, and financial sustainability while providing legal protection to the bus operators. The
business model should also delineate the roles and responsibilities of the parties involved in regards to
infrastructure, fleet ownership and investments, risks, planning, monitoring and control, etc.
1.4 STRUCTURE OF GUIDELINES DOCUMENT
The document is structured as follows:
Chapter 2 discusses the assessment of the external business and operating environment. A city’s
geographic layout, demographics, travel demand and travel characteristics affect its bus service design.
Similarly, the policy and regulatory scenario, nature of competition between service providers, and the
service quality and segmentation, determine the functional financial models. Also, to develop services
suitable to that market, assessment and understanding of the business environment in the city is required.
The evaluation focuses on parameters like existing travel modes, dependency on public transport,
competitive scenario, potential customers, etc.
Chapter 3 describes the preparation of the business plan; it assesses factors like bus transport services,
the partnerships, essential infrastructure, fleet ownership, risk assignment, planning, and control, etc.
Chapter 4 assists in selecting the appropriate contract. It evaluates the merits and demerits of different
contract type while considering the objectives of the city and the situation at hand. The chapter also focuses
on the relationship between the relevant city authority and the private bus operator, depending on the
contract category and issues like asset ownership and procurement, risk management, payment
mechanisms and control and monitoring methods.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 14
Chapter 5 discusses and evaluates contract parameters. The chapter focuses on the contractual structure
and parameters to help the city authorities develop a clear picture of the challenges associated with the
contract. The chapter also offers practical guidelines to manage the contract specific issues and assists in
further developing various contract components.
Chapter 6 describes procurement guidelines and assists the user in selecting the appropriate procurement
strategy. The chapter also provides details regarding procurement strategies like one-stage or two-stage
bidding and describes aspects related to bid evaluation method, preparation of bid and contract documents,
and signing of the contract.
Chapter 7 focuses on monitoring during the post-award phase. The chapter captures the process of setting
performance indicators in the contract and outlines the city authority’s responsibilities and obligations, as
well as specific performance criteria to be complied with during the operation of the service.
Chapter 8 explores methods and models that may evolve in the future but have not been included in the
current contractual framework.
Annexure I captures the draft structure of the four model contracts. It outlines the main terms and
conditions of the agreement between the authority and the operator.
Annexure II aims at establishing a link between the guidelines document and the model contracts. It
includes a description of the process to be followed by city managers to customise the model contract to
city-specific contract.
Annexure III includes a description of main chapters captured within the Request for Proposal, and,
describes the components that are more important from the perspective of the city manager.
Annexure IV defines the responsibility for different aspects of city bus operations for the four model
contract types.
Annexure V outlines the responsibility for fleet planning between the authority and the operator. It also
identifies activities essential for the fleet planning process and the requirement assessment process. The
possible options for fleet ownership, investment, operation and maintenance, along with the preferred
options, are also highlighted in the Annexure.
Annexure VI delineates the responsibility for infrastructure planning between the authority and the
operator. It highlights the activities required during the infrastructure planning process and the requirement
assessment process. The Annexure also captures the options for asset ownership, investment, operation and
maintenance, and the preferred option.
Annexure VII demarcates the responsibility for bus operations between the authority and the operator. It
also identifies various activities and actions essential for bus operations.
Annexure VIII outlines the responsibility for revenue activities between the authority and the operator. It
also captures the key activities involved in the revenue collection.
Annexure IX delineates the responsibility for permits between the authority and the operator.
Annexure X defines the responsibility for planning and contractual issues between the authority and the
operator.
Annexure XI details the Service Quality Parameters along with proposed weightage of parameters and
the potential data sources for performance parameters.
Annexure XII provides the List of Infractions and Penalties, including their categories, applicable
damages, and the time require to resolve the infraction, applicable in the contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 15
Annexure XIII provides practical guidance on fare fixation and the basis for revision of fare in a Net Cost
Contract.
Annexure XIV provides practical guidance on potential cost heads and presents block cost estimates for
the same under different contract types.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 16
2. ASSESSING THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Urban transport, and in particular bus transport, is a complex subject, and cannot be viewed in isolation
from the environment in which it operates. Although there are some broad commonalities in bus operations
across Indian cities, each city is unique in its institutional structure, existing infrastructure, stakeholder
capacity, and finance availability. These particular circumstances have an influence on the business
environment of the city and do not permit the use of a single contract type across all cities. A city authority
needs to undertake detailed groundwork before developing the business model and finalising on the type
of contract to be adopted for its bus operations.
Each city needs to follow a defined process for assessing the business environment within which its bus
services operate. The factors that influence the business and operating environment of a bus in a city are
shown in Exhibit 2-1.
Post the analysis of these factors, the city also need to develop an implementable action plan as defined in
the following sections.
Exhibit 2-1 Factors influencing business environment
Review of current operating
environment
Analysis of factors affecting bus
transport services
Transforming inferences into implementable
actions
Exhibit 2-2 Process of assessing the bus service environment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 17
2.1 REVIEW OF CURRENT OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
The first step in mapping the current operating environment would be to collect the data on the basis of
points captured in Exhibit 2-3. Most of these data elements, for example, geographical and demographic
profile may be collected through secondary data,1,2 however, some points might require sample surveys.
Exhibit 2-3 Review parameters and source of data
Parameters Source of Data
Geographical layout of the city
Size of city
Length of road network
Type of roads (motorised v/s non-motorised, arterial v/s
feeder)
Census of India
Urban Local Body
National Highways Authority of
India
State Highways Authority
Public Works Department
City Development Authority
Demographic profile
Population of the city
Spatial distribution of population
Occupational distribution
Income distribution
Age structure of the population
Census of India
City Master Plan
City Development Plan
Comprehensive Mobility Plan
Urban Local Bodies
Policy & Regulatory Framework
Laws/Acts/Policies at national level affecting bus
transport
Laws/Acts/Policies at state level pertaining to bus
transport
City level policies affecting bus transport
Various central and state level
legislations
Institutional Structure:
Key authorities, whose purview could impact bus operation,
include:
Public Works Department
Transport Department
Development Authorities
Pollution Control Board
Key officials of various entities
1 Comprehensive Mobility Plan Preparation Toolkit - Institute of Urban Transport India
2 Urban Bus Toolkit - World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 18
Parameters Source of Data
Municipal Government
Traffic Police
Existing Transit System
Alternative modes of transport
Areas not connected by the existing system
Reasons for passengers not choosing bus transport
Existing Bus Infrastructure in the city (depots, terminals,
bus shelters)
City Development Authority
Urban Local Bodies
Transport Authority
City Development Plan
Operational Plans and strategies affecting bus transport,
including:
Comprehensive Mobility Plan
City Development Plan
City Master Plan/ Zonal Development Plan
Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies
City Development Authority
SPV (if any)
Department of Transport
Department of Urban
Development
Operators and Trust Environment:
Current bus operators in the city (STUs or private
operators)
Financial strength of these operators
Relationship between the city government and existing
operators
Transport Authority
Non-government stakeholders
2.1.1 Geographic and Demographic Profile of the City
The geographic layout of the city, citizens’ demographic profile and their travel pattern will have an
indirect influence on the design of the bus transport system. These parameters assist in estimating the
demand for public transport and reveal the ‘affordability’ of public transport for the public. Surveys like
stated preference survey may be used to assess passengers’ travel patterns and their dependency on public
transport. The demographic profile of the potential user of the bus service on factors like income level and
affordability should also be assessed. The relevant data and their possible effect are summarised in Exhibit
2-4. The prime objective of this analysis is to ensure the envisaged services cater to the needs of the
transport users.
Exhibit 2-4 Parameters and their possible effect
Parameter Possible Effect
Spatial distribution of
population
Concentrated areas induce higher ridership and hence need a higher
frequency of services, compared to sparsely populated areas. Spatial
spread of the cities implies more demand for longer distance trips, which
calls for greater investments in infrastructure and vehicles.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 19
Income distribution
The income bracket of passengers will affect the market condition.
Premium services that exploit the willingness to pay for higher quality
are options that may be considered.
Occupational distribution
The occupational status of the passengers will decide the amenities and
other features required in the bus transport system, for example,
business users might require features like Wi-Fi and enabled ITS
services. On the other hand, student travellers might require subsidised
travel, and the impact of subsidy on operators’ revenue needs to be
considered. The service frequency may also need to be tailored for
periods of peak and off-peak demand.
Age structure of population The passengers’ age bracket would help in planning the routes, type of
service and infrastructure.
Available road network Route planning would have to consider the availability of roads of
suitable dimension for bus operation.
2.1.2 Policy and Regulatory Environment
The bus transport in India is currently governed by various Central, State and Municipal laws, policies, and
guidelines as shown in Exhibit 2-5. City authorities must study these legislations in detail and analyse their
effect on city bus operations.
The Motor Vehicles Act is one of the most important
central-level acts directly affecting bus transport. The Road
Transport Corporation Act, 1950, for example, specifies
that it shall be the general duty of a road transport
corporation to exercise its powers as progressively to
provide or secure or promote the provision of an efficient,
adequate, economical and properly coordinated system of
road transport services in the State or any part of the State
for which it is established.
Municipal laws which lay down the structure and powers
of the local municipal governments are also present in
almost all states.
The regulatory environment in a city/state impacts the
development of the bus system and requires a detailed
study by the city authority to understand the impact of
policies and regulations on system design. For example,
the policy in Haryana excludes private players from
participating in the delivery of city bus operations, while
Delhi policies prohibit operations of diesel buses.
Exhibit 2-5 Acts / Laws Governing
Bus Transport
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 20
Apart from laws, acts and policies, different schemes launched by the Government of India can also impact
on the contracts of bus operations in cities. An example of the same, is captured below:
Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM) is a large-scale city-modernisation
scheme launched by the Government of India under the Ministry of Urban Development. JnNURM
provided funding for urban renewal including funding for bus transport. Before JnNURM, most STUs
owned and operated an ageing fleet without considering the PPP models. Post JnNURM, several city-
specific Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) were formed and an increasing number of cities have adopted
PPP models.
Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT) is a new scheme by the
Government of India, which supersedes JnNURM. This scheme is available for 500 cities with a population
of over 1 lakh and provides funding for projects envisaged to improve service coverage of urban transport.
2.1.3 Institutional assessment
2.1.3.1 Institutional Structures
Exhibit 2-6 captures various agencies associated with urban transport in India at Central, State, and
Municipal level. These agencies perform functions like land acquisition, route planning, etc., that are
essential for public transport. However, their intertwined roles often lead to lapses in major functional roles
and create a very complex institutional framework for bus transport.
Exhibit 2-6 Institutional environment affecting bus transport
City authorities need to consider the roles of these bodies and their impact on bus transport services. For
example, the provision of permits by the transport authorities varies from state to state. In Kerala, permits
are allotted on the basis of area, while in Madhya Pradesh, they are allotted on the basis of routes. These
specific city characteristics change the dynamics of the contracts between authorities and bus operators.
Exhibit 2-7 captures a broad list of agencies along with their functions, affecting the operation of bus
transport in India.
Motor Vehicles Act is a Central Law, which:
Mandates registration of all motor vehicles Provides for licensing of drivers Stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’ Empowers the state governments to control road transport Creates an institutional mechanism to regulate road transport Makes provisions for payment of compensation to accident victims and Regulates the working conditions of drivers (along with the Motor Transport Workers Act)
Motor Vehicles Act is a Central Law which:
Mandates registration of all motor vehicles Provides for licensing of drivers Stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’ Empowers the state governments to control road transport Creates an institutional mechanism to regulate road transport Makes provisions for payment of compensation to accident victims Regulates the working conditions of drivers (along with the Motor Transport Workers Act)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 21
Exhibit 2-7 Agencies and their responsibilities
List of Agencies Role and possible impact on bus transport
Ministry of Urban
Development
The Ministry of Urban Development is responsible for overall urban planning
and development, including that of urban transport. The Ministry may require
cities to comply with certain terms and conditions to avail funding under its
schemes. For example, the Ministry guidelines specify the preparation of a
Comprehensive Mobility Plan, City Development Plan, and Unified
Metropolitan Transport Authority for every city (with a population above 1
million) that wants to avail funding. The Ministry also lays down guidelines on
bus specifications that need to be adhered by the cities.
Ministry of Road
Transport &
Highways
The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways undertakes transport research and
formulates and administers policies for road transport and highways. These
policies have a direct impact on bus operations. For example, the Road
Transport and Safety Bill affects the bus specifications, vehicle registration and
driver licensing.
Ministry of
Environment &
Forests
The Ministry of Environment & Forests specifies emission norms for motor
vehicles and administers the Environment Protection Act. It also specifies the
noise pollution norms for commercial vehicles and provides no-objection
certificates for urban transport projects coming under forest areas in the city.
Ministry of Finance
The Ministry of Finance approves funding for various centrally sponsored
schemes. Understanding of these schemes may help the planners provision the
financing mechanism accordingly.
State’s Urban
Development
Department
The urban development department of the state is responsible for the overall
urban development of the state including urban transport development. The
policy and plans prepared by the department may have an impact on the overall
bus transport system.
Department of
Transport (State
level)
The transport department of the state issues drivers’ licenses and vehicle
permits, conducts vehicle inspection and fixes the motor vehicle tax rates. The
department also issues route permits, and determines the fare fixation and
revision mechanism.
Public Works
Department
The State Public Works Department constructs and maintains major roads. The
Department can provide data on the road network in a city, the width and length
of roads, and road categories. This information would help in deciding the bus
dimensions best suited for the city.
Traffic Police
The State Traffic Police enforces traffic laws and manages and regulates traffic
in the city. No-objection certificates are required to be obtained from the
Traffic Police Department at the time of renewal of permits for commercial
vehicles.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 22
List of Agencies Role and possible impact on bus transport
State Transport
Undertaking
The state transport agencies are responsible for the operation of buses in the
state (both intercity and intra-city) either on their own or through private
operators.
Town and Country
Planning
Department
The Town and Country Planning Department of the state prepares various
spatial development plans at state, and local level and the city bus services need
to be aligned with these plans. For example, the bus connectivity to proposed
commercial, residential, or industrial hub needs to be ensured.
Urban Local Bodies
In some cities, the urban bodies are responsible for overall management and
planning of bus transport and are key stakeholders in special purpose vehicles
set-up for city bus operations.
City Development
Authority
City development authorities conduct land use planning and regulate planned
growth of the city, with transport forming an important part of such planning.
They also oversee maintenance and construction of bus depots and bus stops.
Bus transport should be planned in line with the proposed land use plan
formulated by the development authorities at the city level.
2.1.3.2 The Role and Capacity of the City Authority
City authorities need to define the nature of business model and develop the same, regardless of the type
of contract adopted. However, the tactical role of the city authority will differ depending on the type of
business model adopted. For city authorities to be an effective partner in a PPP, it is necessary to evaluate
their current role in bus operations and their capacity to contribute to planning and oversight effectively.
The following steps help in determining the same:
a. Identification of the role of the authority providing bus services
The city authority needs to evaluate the
role of the entity which presently provides
city bus services. The authority could be a
city-level SPV, a city transport authority or
a state transport authority. These
authorities could either be providing bus
services on their own or through
engagement of private operators. The
engagement of private operators would be
possible only if there are no mandates
restricting private participation.
b. Assessing the strength and capacity of the authority
The capacity and willingness of the authority to take responsibility for the planning, monitoring and control
of the bus network will partially determine the type of contract selected. In this context, there is a need to
assess the following aspects:
Financial soundness of the authority
Risk appetite and funding support
A number of Indian cities have formed SPVs to
manage city bus transport service, leading to a thrust
in provision of city bus services through PPP mode.
Key SPVs in Indian cities are listed below:
Indore: Atal Indore City Transport Services Limited
Ahmedabad: Ahmedabad Janmarg Limited
Bhopal: Bhopal City Link Ltd.
Delhi: Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System
Surat: Surat City Bus
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 23
Technical competence to operate bus services on its own
Capacity to monitor operator performance
Desired level of control over city bus services
c. Enhancement of the management role of the authority
City authorities have historically played the role of regulators and not managers, and often lack expertise
in the management of transport networks. While a typical historical regulatory model has government
playing the role of regulator and private entity playing the role of provider, it lacks institutions that play
the role of manager. Filling this management deficit through authorities delegated with this task is the key
role of the city in the envisaged model. Actions to enhance and improve the function of the city in managing
transport would include:
Reasserting its role in the business of public transport to strengthen its control over the outcomes
Taking a more managerial and less regulatory role, and handling the responsibility for customer
service delivery
Developing a sustainable business approach to guide its planning
Assigning risks to where they can be best managed
Taking a commercial approach to subsidy, using it to produce positive outcomes and not to
support operational losses
Another important aspect in enhancing the role of the city authority is ensuring a dedicated entity for bus
service provision. A successful PPP contract requires a dedicated involvement from both the parties, i.e.,
the private operator and the public authority. If the city does not currently have a dedicated authority for
city bus operations, it could plan the creation of a separate cell within the authority that currently manages
city bus operations.
Exhibit 2-8 Comparison of a traditional regulatory approach and a more commercial approach to
managing bus services
Source: Deloitte Project Team
The agency to operate as an efficient commercial entity should be a corporate and autonomous entity which
is free from the constraints of political interference. Where the SPV manages the entire bus network, it is
preferable to be government–owned to retain public control; however, under certain conditions (such as
the presence of a strong public transport authority) a private concessionaire could be used; should the city
doubt public sector capacity.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 24
The envisaged SPV, or the City Authority, should be profit-focused3, independent, transparent in
discharging its duties, able to hire staff based on merit, dismiss staff for poor performance, able to borrow
funds, sue and be sued. It is equally important for the body to have qualified personnel with necessary skill
sets and long-term job commitment.
The next step would be to determine the risks that the SPV, or the city authority, is able and willing to
manage on its own, and the risks that it aims to offload to the private operator.
d. Risk assignment between the players
The assignment of risk is a key determinant of the success or failure of bus systems. It is linked closely to
the strength and capacity of the city authority, and their willingness to manage risks under their control.
The key rule in this area is to assign the risk to the party that can best manage it. For example, if the bus
operators are assigned risks they cannot manage, they would either fail or would adopt means that would
maximise revenues at the cost of service quality.
In recent times, India has seen operators predominantly bidding for bus service contracts only if they can
avoid revenue risk, leaving the city authority shouldering this predominant risk. While cities can manage
certain factors impacting revenue risk, they may not be able to handle it adequately. Mechanisms as these
only transfer the risk and don’t manage or mitigate it.
The solution lies in either of the following approaches:
1) Sharing the risk between the hierarchy of players
2) Working out mechanisms to ensure that the operator is better able to manage the risks assigned to
it so that it is not averse to assuming those risk
The following exhibit shows the main types of risks that are at play in the provision of city bus services,
and their allocation between the parties:
3 The term ‘profit-focused’ does not necessarily imply a profit maximisation ethos - rather a financial performance-measure so that
loss-making subsidies can be avoided. The underlying incentives then are to win the market, satisfy customers and grow revenue, while ensuring efficiency in operations.
Type of risk Assignment of risk
Political risk: Any disruption in
operation of a project due to political
decisions
Political risk is best managed at the level of the transport
authority responsible for strategic policy direction. This
authority provides oversight, coordination and manages cross-
jurisdictional issues and sets the strategic policy and planning
for public transport.
Revenue risk: The business risk which
affects the overall profitability or
viability of services or the level of
public subsidy need to support services
Revenue risk could be managed at the level of the bus agency
operating public transport network or at the private operator
level, depending on the type of contract adopted. In many
cases, the city authorities are unwilling or unable to take the
revenue (demand) risk of the bus network owing to the spread
of geographical area, or lack of data to understand the
dynamics of passenger demand. In some cases, cities simply
make a political decision to devolve the revenue risk to the
private sector.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 25
Exhibit 2-9 Assignment of risk in a shared risk model
2.1.4 City Level Plans
There are several existing city level plans affecting the subject of bus transport in India, for example, the
Comprehensive Mobility Plan, the City Development Plan and the Land Use Master Plan. These plans
define the limits of the road network and future expansion if any. The authorities need to understand these
plans and their possible effects on city bus transport.
Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP): A CMP presents a long-term vision of desirable mobility patterns
(people and goods) for a city. It provides strategy and policy measures needed to achieve this vision. The
typical CMP planning horizon is for 20 years, but CMPs also cover actions to be taken within 5 to 10 years.
A city’s CMP needs to be taken into account before planning for bus operations. The CMP provides
information on spatial and temporal demand patterns, which could aid the authority in planning routes and
schedules for bus services.
City Development Plan (CDP): The CDP proposes planning goals of various urban development sectors,
including urban transport, although it rarely adopts a transport modelling approach and provides limited
input on a clear strategy for long-term urban transport development and the ‘mobility’ concept. A CDP
also provides valuable information regarding the existing and future development of the urban area. The
details of the city development plan are available with the city development authorities.
City Master Plan / Zonal Development Plans: A Master Plan (or Development Plan) is a statutory
document for guiding and regulating urban development. It is prepared by urban development authorities
/ State Government for each metropolitan area, city and town. For example, in Delhi, it is prepared by the
Delhi Development Authority. It defines the future area for urbanisation and addresses planning issues for
various sectors. The transport sector plan contains development measures such as road network (arterials,
collectors, and distributors, etc.), parking facilities and mass rapid transit systems. The Zonal Development
Plans specify locations and extents of land use proposed in the zone for public buildings, other public works
Operational risk: The risk taken by
operators that are related to the
difference between the expected costs
and observed costs after performance
realisation and their ability to meet
availability and performance standards
as contracted
Operation risk is best managed by the operators contracted to
provide services. Various mechanisms in the contract
arrangements ensure the provision of quality service.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 26
and utilities, roads, housing, recreations, industry, business, markets, etc. The land use plan may assist the
city authority in route planning taking into account the location of major industrial/business hubs and
markets.
Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Studies (CTTS): The CTTS is a transport sector study,
focusing mainly on vehicle flows. Some cities have conducted a CTTS by examining traffic and transport
issues and recommending improvement measures. Some of these measures include strengthening roads
and flyovers, Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) systems, etc.
The bus operations in a city will need to comply with all the operational plans of the city. The city authority
should identify all the relevant plans and assess the specific requirements of each plan. It should then
structure the bus operations contracts accordingly.
2.1.5 Competitive Environment / Existing Transit System
A fundamental objective of transport planning in any city should be to integrate the transport system in a
holistic fashion and avoid overlap within and across modes that lead to wasteful competition. The
understanding of city operating plans from the previous section helps in evaluating the existing transit
system. To further assess the competitive environment of the city for public transport, following steps are
suggested:
1. Assessment of Transport Modes
2. City Requirement: Bus Transport
2.1.5.1 Assessment of Transport Modes
Each city should assess the existing modes of transport and alternative competitive transport modes for the
bus in cost efficiency, user preferences, and routes connectivity, etc.
2.1.5.2 City Requirement: Bus Transport
After mapping the different modes of transport in the city, the city needs to understand the requirement of
the passengers and role of the bus transport. A city which has an established and well-connected metro rail
might need bus connections from the metro stations to commercial hubs/tourist destinations. On the other
hand, a city without metro rail, but having a multitude of transport services along its arterial routes (e.g.
shared autos, rickshaws, etc.) may need to introduce a bus service along its main roads. The city may also
choose to retain competing modes along a particular route to optimise capacity distribution across modes.
For example, the city might decide to retain many overlapping bus routes to cater for shorter, more
localised, trips on the corridor so that the capacity of the Metro rail is used mainly by those making longer
trips. Summarising, bus transport can play the role of the trunk services providing the majority of urban
transport or feeder services providing transport to alternative modes of transport or supplement existing
modes of transport. This understanding of the requirement of bus transport will help the city to decide on
the next step.
2.1.6 Understanding the Incumbent Operators & Trust Environment
Every city planning to adopt private bus services will need to work with existing players and understand
the legal setup. For example, an operator may have been given an exclusive route license that may not be
cancelled during the term of the license; launching a new scheme in this circumstance would require
negotiating with this operator for early cancellation of license.
The approach would largely depend on following factors:
Whether the present operators are public operators (STUs) or private operators;
Level of regulation;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 27
Whether they are profitable or struggling financially and;
Future prospects of the operators
The standard of trust between the existing operators and the city authority is also a factor that may impact
negotiations for bus reform.
The city also needs to determine if it aims to include existing operators in new contracts or plans to replace
them with new operators. While retaining the existing operator ensures continuity, new players might bring
new skills and price competitiveness.
The factors that need consideration are:
Incumbency issues that may require resettlement or compensation;
Political, and social implications;
Attitude and profitability of existing players, and factors that can induce changes;
Cartels, or associations, that may require negotiations.
Once the potential group of operators is identified, their capacity needs to be assessed to determine the
suitable contract type. It is also imperative to assess the funding capacity, training requirements, and
partnerships structures in the decision.
Usually, with inexperienced operators, a more prescriptive contract will be needed to provide clear, defined
and unambiguous service to enable tighter control. The risk on the operator should be low in such a
scenario. However, experienced operators may be allocated greater risk, and contracts may be more flexible
and innovative to develop efficiencies, generate passenger growth to increase returns and contribute to
business development.
2.2 ANALYSIS OF FACTORS AFFECTING BUS TRANSPORT SERVICES
A SWOT (Strength-Weakness-Opportunity-Threat) analysis on the collected information and findings, as
illustrated below, provides a robust methodology for analysis. The following is an indicative list of
strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats that would drive the strategy for the city authority and this
list varies from city to city.
Exhibit 2-10 SWOT Analysis for review of business environment
Strengths Weaknesses
Strong political leadership
Competent bus operators
Demonstrated need for improved public
transport provision
High level of public awareness
Inadequate infrastructure
Inadequate finances
Weak institutional capacity
Manpower constraints
Opportunities Threats
Central funding support
Favourable policy environment
City’s environmental action plan that places
prominence on use of bus transport
Vested interests possibly driven by
commercial or political advantage
Trust deficit between industry and authorities
Reluctance to change
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 28
2.3 TRANSFORMING INFERENCES INTO IMPLEMENTABLE ACTIONS
Above analysis may provide a fairly comprehensive snapshot of the problems, issues, and conditions that
need to be considered in the planning process. The exercise will also enable the city authorities to be in a
better position to identify factors and actions essential to overcome existing shortcoming of transportation
services. This would represent the broad framework within which the city could develop the business and
contract structure. The review of various internal factors specific to bus transport system of the city which
will be further described in the next chapter will enable the cities to finalise this framework.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 29
3. PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL
The next step is planning the business model within which city bus operations will function. While the
focus is often solely on the type of bus contract to use, the real issues are found in the planning of the
business model which highlights the alternatives for providing effective and efficient passenger bus
transport services suitable to the city.
This chapter describes the internal factors that relate to the various activities involved in delivering bus
transport systems in cities.
These include:
Stages of planning
The role and capacity of the city authority
Risk assignments between players
Network and service planning
Options for engaging bus operators
Planning bus operations
Revenue model and collection
Payment mechanisms
3.1 STAGES OF PLANNING THE BUSINESS MODEL
A prerequisite to planning the business model is an understanding of the baseline conditions and defining
what the city wishes to achieve. A clear process for developing the business model includes the following
steps:
i. The strategic plan & goal setting
ii. Assessment of existing conditions
iii. Stakeholder consultations
iv. Construction of the business plan and supporting structures
3.1.1 The Strategic Plan & Goal Setting
It is crucial that the city is clear, at the very outset, on its bus transport objectives before embarking upon
the reorganisation of bus transport. Each city must chalk out a clear road map (a strategic plan) for an
improved, efficient and financially sustainable bus transport system. Also, the operational, institutional and
financial factors operating in the bus transport system need to be evaluated and assessed. This will guide
the inherent features and design of the business model and the eventual contractual relationships that
facilitate a well-performing transport system.
This involves developing a strategic plan which includes a vision statement to define a clear roadmap with
detailed goals set according to various time frames.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 30
This process would need to start with an ‘objectives-based’
discussion to help the city to:
Identify possibilities and determine needs of
passengers
Assess the broad options and refine them based on
assessment of viability, and also consider
innovations
Identify suitable solutions and technology, which
will address the goals in the best manner or fulfil
the highest number of objectives (in some cases
new technology makes possible what was
previously unattainable)
Develop foundational agreements between stakeholders and consolidate them to a
common direction and purpose.
At the basic level of mobility goals, the city needs to analyse basic community transport needs, viz., options
for balancing of car traffic and public transport, the scope for introducing efficient transport options such
as Bus Rapid Transit System (BRTS) and bus networks and where applicable, and improving connectivity
to rail. A prime goal would be to design public transport to be as convenient (or more convenient) than
private car travel, as this would create an incentive toward greater public transport use.
The goals so identified should be specified quantitatively to be achieved in a given time frame.
Exhibit 3-2 shows an outline of probable goals for city bus transport.
Exhibit 3-1 Considerations for goal setting
Source: Deloitte Project Team
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 31
Exhibit 3-2 Setting goals for city bus transport
Source: Deloitte Projects Team
3.1.2 Assessment of Existing Conditions
This step pertains to understanding the existing scenario of a city’s bus transport system in regard to the
following aspects:
1. Operational Assessment – this would include an ‘as-is assessment’ to determine the present
condition of city bus services, specifically operational features such as:
Routes currently planned for bus operations
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 32
Average number of passengers carried per peak hour and per day
Typical earnings per day
Bus-km operated by operator (if available) or fleet numbers
Maximum peak hour capacity/load
Average peak/off-peak hour load
Missed trips
Average number of buses under repair per day
This information would help to identify the service bottlenecks existing in the city where passenger
demand exceeds capacity.
Fleet Inventory – this would include an assessment of the present condition of the fleet
inventory and ownership, involving:
Fleet sizes per operator
Fleet age (as per year of manufacture)
Fuel type
Bus capacity (sitting as well as standing)
Actual buses in service compared to total fleet size
Passenger Facilities – this would include a review and analysis of the infrastructure related to
terminals, customer service centres, existing bus stops with and without shelters, and any other
passenger facility in the city bus system. Each facility should be assessed as to whether or not
it can handle existing passenger loads adequately, offers sun/weather protection, provides
sufficient lighting, is accessible for persons with disabilities, provides customer information,
has secure cycle parking, is in a good state of repair.
Depot Inventory - the following information may be ascertained for each depot to capture its
inventory and maintenance capability:
Name and location/ land area/ fleet capacity and ownership of bus depots
Adequacy of overnight parking capacity
Availability or adequacy of workshop repair and bus cleaning (washing) facilities
/capacity
Bus towing capacity available
Fuel supply on-site or off-site
2. Institutional Assessment: The current governance structure needs to be understood and analysed
for aspects such as the decision-making process, the division of responsibilities between the bus
transport undertaking, the Municipal Corporation(s), Traffic Police, Transport Department and
various other stakeholders responsible for city bus transport functions. Moreover, the structure and
role of the SPV (if one exists) needs to be assessed to understand its responsibilities, management
role, organisational structure and delegations and the technical capability within the organisation.
This would require an assessment of quantitative and qualitative aspects of the workforce, mapped
against the overall objective of the organisation. There is also need to identify current redundancies
and the workload pattern in the staffing structure. Dependency on outside agencies, tasks
outsourced, private operators’ manpower and capacity could also be investigated.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 33
3. Financial Assessment - The financial health of most bus transport undertakings in India is not in
good shape primarily because fare-setting is influenced more by social and political considerations
rather than the cost of operations. Hence, a key aspect of financial assessment is to understand the
financial difficulties and failings, including financing capacity, timeliness of payments, cost
recovery, budget processes, and ratios of fare revenue vs. non-fare revenue, etc. Furthermore, the
capacity of the undertaking to manage future bus contracts must be assessed to determine whether
alternatives need to be considered. It is equally important to evaluate the sponsoring agencies that
provide the funding on their capacity, consistency and timeliness in providing committed finance,
as well as potential policy changes which could threaten financial support for the scheme.
3.1.3 Stakeholder consultations during planning process
It is valuable to engage stakeholders from the outset of the planning process, to develop ownership and
inclusion. Furthermore, stakeholder consultations will help city authorities understand ground realities and
gain insight and recommendations for deciding on bus transport operation in the city.
A collaborative and participatory planning approach requires a preliminary identification of key
stakeholders who can provide valuable input into the definition of options to improve bus services.
Stakeholders in this context are people, bodies or agencies who are either directly or indirectly affected by
bus transport and any proposed changes in its planning. Direct stakeholders are those who have an apparent
role in planning, organisation, operation, regulation and support of bus services. These may be citizens,
communities or any other entity that use city bus services, or are impacted by it. Indirect stakeholders, on
the other hand, comprise of those individuals or bodies whose interests may be affected by reforming bus
transport. These may include non-governmental organisations, citizen representative groups, etc. The first
step to invoking stakeholder response is to identify who the stakeholders are, as shown in Exhibit 3-3.
Exhibit 3-3 Stakeholder consultations
(Source: Deloitte Projects Team)
Although there are clear benefits of stakeholder consultation, all the stakeholders need not be involved in
every decision-making process or every phase of the process. Some functions are particularly suited to a
participatory approach, like the location of a bus stop, bus routes, fare, and concession values while other
functions such as policy related issues, maintaining reliable and efficient transport services require
approaching stakeholders who are directly involved in running the city bus operations.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 34
One key stakeholder in this is private operators. They are usually in a better position to gauge the ground
situation as they are directly in touch with the users and are aware of the impediments faced in the actual
delivery of bus services. Involvement of private operators in this stage also eliminates the situation of a no-
show by bidders during contract tendering or resistance in performance post contract award.
3.1.4 Construction of the Business Plan4,56
During this stage, the operational, institutional and financial elements are constructed to develop the
business plan and its supporting frameworks.
1. Operational Strategy
The operational strategy is fundamentally set within the service operating plan which outlines the actual
operations of the services, in terms of demand/capacity, bus route definition, levels of service (frequency
and service periods) total kilometres, staffing levels and cost of operation. On this basis, the business case
is developed; namely fare policy, cost recovery is forecast, and consequently the viability of the operation
is demonstrated.
2. Institutional strategy
The business plan will have created a scenario that will define what institutional structures are best suited
to managing it, namely the contract type and the necessary institutional oversight. The document outlines
in Chapter 5 the various factors at play and options available as well as indicates some recommendations.
3. Financial strategy
The financial strategy which includes cost and revenue aspects, as well as capital investments, underpins
the business case and institutional structures. The financial strategy would cover the sources of funding for
city bus operations and the avenues of fund utilisation. Budgeting the revenue and expenditure sources will
enable the city authority to plan its finances efficiently and accordingly decide on the activities to be
performed in-house and those to be outsourced.
The main sources of funding for bus operations are fare box collections, non-transport commercial
activities, and budgetary allocations. Income generated from fare box collection, or user charges, is often
based on social and political considerations and seldom covers the cost of the service provided, which is
reflected from the following examples:
User charges insufficient to meet the transport finance
In France, the contribution from users covers only 25% of the operating costs of the public
transport systems.
In Istanbul, the coverage rate for the bus system operated by the firm IETT is 64%. This falls to
only 41% when amortisation and provisions for equipment replacement are included.
In Ho Chi Minh City, public subsidies cover around 45% of the transport system’s operating costs
In Tshwane, public minibuses/taxis (32% of motorised travel) do not receive any operating
subsidies.
City authorities need to develop a financial plan which clearly specifies the strategy for funding its bus
operations. Since fare box revenues are invariably insufficient to cover bus operation costs, non-fare box
revenue such as revenue from advertisements, congestion charges, and innovative taxes (such as employer
tax and green tax) should be exploited. Grants and loans from international financial institutions and public-
4 Comprehensive Mobility Plan Preparation Toolkit - Institute of Urban Transport India
5 Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options – ADB
6 Urban Bus Specification - JNNURM
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 35
private partnerships could also be used for supplementing the massive funding requirement for city bus
operations. The financial strategy formed by the city authority would determine the operating surplus or
shortfall as well as mechanisms to close the gaps in the case of the latter. The strategy will estimate potential
cost savings from outsourcing of activities such as bus operations, bus maintenance, and station
maintenance.
3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
Following the formulation of the operational, institutional and financial strategy, an implementation action
plan needs to be prepared. Anticipating implementation challenges that one might face during
implementation is imperative.
Guiding Principles for Preparing Implementation Plan
The following key principles need to be considered while developing implementation plan:
Needs flexibility of modification / change across the implementation process. This is primarily due to
unanticipated changes and delay in implementation. Under such circumstances, assumptions might
change and hence implementation plan might also change.
Needs to indicate the level of infrastructure required, broad time frame and the structure of
implementing team e.g. various teams responsible for different initiatives would be clearly set out.
Needs to clearly specify skill sets required to drive the initiatives laid out in business model. In certain
cases, where skills are not available within the organisation, they would be outsourced. Based on an
assessment of competencies available within the organisation, implementation plan would specify
whether external help is needed to manage implementation.
Time Horizon Implementation Plan
Short Term Focus on efficient utilisation of existing infrastructure
Plan services keeping in mind existing constraints
Medium Term Upgrade of existing infrastructure
Upgrade of existing institutional structure
Long Term Creation of new infrastructure considering future requirements
Increase institutional capacity
3.3 NETWORK AND SERVICE PLANNING
Network and service plan is a major component of the business model. This includes planning of routes
considering present and future projected travel patterns, type of permits to be procured, integration of bus
services with other transport modes and setting service standards against which performance can be
monitored.
Annexure IX outlines who bears the responsibility for network and service planning.
3.3.1 Route Planning
The city authority needs to undertake route planning for their bus operations in a scientific way to remove
overlapping routes and inter-modal competition. The main aim of route planning is resource optimisation
by providing seamless connectivity to the maximum population of the city with available resources.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 36
Route planning requires detailed study of existing public transport routes, their demand and supply
parameters, type of modes available, and demand for the same, and performance of the system. Route plan
from Comprehensive Mobility Plan can be utilised if it is available.
Before the introduction of a new bus service along routes or revision of routes, the level of ridership should
be assessed as it is a critical component of the transportation system. Two steps are important in this regard:
1. Evaluating current ridership: Based on detailed and up-to-date data, measure and evaluate the
ridership level of all routes in the transportation network, including identification of roads and
corridors with higher levels of vehicle and transit traffic. The level of ridership should be judged
along with the level of road capacity to identify those corridors with the greatest potential for
upgrading and expanding bus services.
2. Forecasting potential ridership and travel demand: Estimate and project the level of ridership
due to the introduction of new or improved bus services. Such projections are also based on
population and employment growth projections.
Numerous assessment methods and tools7,8,9,10 can be used to assess whether demand exists for improved
bus services or additional transit services along selected corridors. There is a need to review the prevailing
bus transport infrastructure and traffic movement pattern. In particular, surveys are useful to gauge the
general public’s interest in and support for an additional bus service, as well as to evaluate the potential
willingness of residents and riders to pay for this type of service. Different types of surveys can be
employed: household travel surveys, customer satisfaction surveys of transit services, traffic volume count
survey, etc.
3.3.2 Permits
The Motor Vehicles Act stipulates that no public service vehicle can operate without a ‘permit’. The city
authority has to obtain these permits, clearly stating type of permits the authority plans for its bus
operations.
The options include area permit, route permit or a combination of area and route permits. The process of
obtaining operation permits from the Regional Transport Office also needs to be specified. Merits and
demerits of various types of permits based on the contract in operation / proposed are provided in the
Exhibit 3-4.
Annexure IX outlines the responsibility matrix for getting permits under different contract types.
Exhibit 3-4 Type of permits and their merits/demerits
Type of Permit Merits/ Demerits
Route Permits/ Route
Cluster Permits
When the city authority assumes revenue risk:
Eliminates on-road competition which leads to dangerous/unsafe
behaviours such as over speeding
The authority has the means to re-deploy buses according to demand
across different routes
7 Refer: Urban Bus Toolkit - World Bank
8 Bus Rapid Transit Planning Guide – ITDP
9 The Demand for Public Transport: A Practical Guide – TRL
10 UITP Tender Structure: For the tendering of buses and related services
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 37
Type of Permit Merits/ Demerits
Makes it easier vary route without resistance from operators concerned
with profitability.
When the private operator assumes revenue risk:
Difficulties with competing operators on common route sections
Causes on-route competition for passengers which often results in
negative behaviours
Makes negotiation for varying fleet deployment and service levels
difficult
Makes it difficult to carry out route changes
Area Permit
When the private operator assumes revenue risk:
Eliminates competition on routes but may still be present with line-of-
route connections to major destinations outside of the contact area. Can
an operator pick-up along this line of route or not? (reciprocal rights are
possible)
Operator has freedom to plan routes in a given area
Could lead to undesirable monopolistic behaviour of a single operator in
due course
Could be difficult to find a single operator for large cities, however,
smaller more manageable contract areas may allow comparison of
performance between operators
Combination of area
and route permit
May allow the possibility of overlaying NCC trunk routes over contract
areas routes to provide major O-D connectivity
May introduce the worst features of both contract types
3.3.3 Multi-Modal Integration
Multi-modal integration refers to the operation of public transit modes as one seamless entity to improve
service efficiency and service coverage area.
Guiding Principles for Integration of Transport Modes
The following key aspects need to be covered while developing integration plan:
Institutional Integration: Create organisational framework for joint planning and operation of
transit services. This would include tariff associations, transit federations or mergers, etc.
Operational Integration: Optimised allocation of transit resources and coordination of services.
This would include rationalisation of redundant services, matching modes to service requirements,
coordinated public information system, unification of fare structure, etc.
Physical Integration: Provision of jointly used facilities at intermediate points or terminals with
interchange facilities. This would include intermodal terminals, transit shelters, etc.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 38
3.3.4 Setting Service Standards
City authorities need to clearly define the service quality standards for the provision of city bus service.
City authorities can refer to published guidelines for more details11,12,13,14. The service quality standards
would include aspects such as:
Accessibility: Accessibility is defined as easy access to the services (i.e. access to the bus stop). It
involves designing services so that a large percentage of the population is within the benchmark
range of 400m from a bus stop;
Adequacy: The public transport system should be sufficient to serve the travel needs of the city
population (including growth projections), both spatially and temporally. Ratio of capacity
provided to travel demand is an indicator of adequacy of public transport services;
Affordability: The public transport services need to be priced reasonably to be within affordability
levels for large segments of travellers and serve the social objective. However, a very low fare
level may result in poor quality services. Hence, innovative fare mechanisms must be used to assist
financial viability;
Regularity: Measured in terms of service frequency and reduction in waiting times.
Punctuality and waiting time: Bus trips should be punctual in the departure from their designated
origins and arrival at respective destinations. Set benchmarks of timely running will expose
failures. GPS tracking can provide operational data in real time for management to address any
late running issues;
Reliability: Compliance to schedules in terms of service timeliness, avoidance of missed trips, and
gaps in service;
Safety: Safety is a large concern for bus travellers. This should be a measurable benchmark in
terms of accidents per 100,000 km, and be cognitive of the seriousness of accidents;
Scheduled waiting time: Preparedness to wait for services to arrive tends to be relative to the total
journey distance. Planners need to understand customer perspectives and reduce service headways
where possible, as patronage will tend to decline commensurate with increasing wait times.
User Satisfaction: The authority needs to make available appropriate communication channels to
retrieve comments and feedback so that complaints can be assessed and necessary remedial actions
can be taken.
Comfort and convenience: To compete with private travel modes, bus service must provide a
similar level of comfort. Reduced overcrowding, provision of temperature control are measures
which provide passenger comfort
Where possible, the authority needs to set out the above service quality parameters in quantifiable terms,
without creating onerous compliance issues. Benchmarking of these parameters is useful as a comparison
measure with other operators or to measure improvement.
11 Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options – ADB
12 Measuring PT Performance – Sustainable Urban Transport Technical Document #9
13 Randall, E., Condry, B., Trompet, M. (2006), International Bus System Benchmarking: Performance Measurement Development, Challenges, and Lessons Learned, Proceedings of the 86th Transportation Research Board Annual Meeting, January 2007, Washington
14 SLBs for Urban Transport – MoUD, Government of India
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 39
Annexure XI details the quality parameters on which performance of the bus services should be evaluated,
monitored and controlled.
3.4 OPTIONS FOR BUS OPERATOR ENGAGEMENT
3.4.1 Background and context
Since independence, the public road transport sector has been dominated by state transport undertakings
(STU) whose priority is intercity transport rather than city bus operations as they are considered to be loss
making. Under these circumstances, the rapid economic progress and urbanisation have placed even more
pressure on these underequipped city bus operations which have not been able to keep pace with the rapid
increase in demand. This vacuum is being filled by fragmented and poorly regulated private sector
operations.
The advent of centrally sponsored schemes such as JnNURM which aim for effective, efficient urban public
transport systems coupled with focus from international multilateral donors has brought attention back to
city bus operations. As a result, many Indian cities have started using PPP models to establish city bus
operations.
The various options for bus operator engagement range from a public monopoly where the public sector
owns and operates services to the other end of the spectrum of a fully privatised operation. In between is a
range of partnership options (PPP) ranging from payment by kilometre Gross Cost Contracts (GCC) with
a hybrid option (payments adjusted to passenger variables) and Net Cost Contracts, either completely
revenue dependent or with financial support for non-commercial services.
However, PPP contract models need to be designed in such a way that risk is assigned to parties suitable
to manage it. Thus the solution is to develop a business model that manages risk, is efficient and profitable,
and this business model should be embodied in the contract agreements.
3.4.2 The role of a PPP Contract
A common perception is that PPP contracts have the best chance of developing a business that is profitable
for the operator, while at the same time fulfilling social objectives. In essence, this is because there is an
element of risk sharing and partnership within such arrangements.
A PPP recognises that each party has specific skills or advantage in managing specific tasks. By allowing
each party to specialise in their respective tasks, better performance is achieved, and risks are often better
managed. A PPP contract provides the relational framework between both parties. Importantly, a key
advantage of PPP is that both parties work to achieve agreed objectives for mutual advantage. Exhibit 3-5
shows the benefits to various stakeholders of PPP arrangements.
Exhibit 3-5 Advantages of a PPP contract
Public Authority Private Company Consumers
Ability to leverage private
sector efficiencies (and
investment) and know-how into
government operations
Ability to utilise innovative
approach and know-how to
earn profits
Can assign some operation
environment risks to
Better quality services
combining public and private
expertise
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 40
government (e.g. traffic
management)
Risk and responsibility sharing so each party carries the risks it
can best manage
Private sector profit motive and
innovation may reduce public
expenditures to support bus
operations.
Opportunity to develop a
profitable business
Apart from PPPs, public monopoly and fully privatised options are also discussed in Chapter 4, weighing
their advantages and disadvantages. The detailed contract options discussed in Chapter 4 will help define
reasons why cities may opt for a PPP contract option.
3.5 REVENUE MODEL AND COLLECTION
Revenue collection has a major impact on the viability of the business model and plays a significant role
in the successful operation of bus operations.
This section covers the sources, channels and responsibilities of revenue collection as shown in Exhibit
3-6.
Exhibit 3-6 Revenue Collection
3.5.1 Sources of revenue for bus operations
3.5.1.1 Fare box revenue
Fare box revenue (i.e. the revenue collected from passengers) is the major source of revenue for the bus
system. The importance of managing this function well cannot be overstated for these key reasons:
1. The failure to capture all the revenue due to pilfering is a common frustration of bus operators, and
often the cause of marginal returns. Safeguarding revenue is a prime requisite to a sound business
model.
2. Fare collection is an important interface between the system and its passengers, and therefore needs
to be as smooth and streamlined as it can be. The perception of a good travel experience is often
embedded in a respectful and convenient fare collection system.
3. The fare policy is what gives the passengers ‘value’; be it equity (appropriate payment according
to distance for example) or consideration for loyalty (where the system can discount for volume
Re
ven
ue
co
llect
ion
p
oin
t On-board
Off-board
Both on-board and off-board
Re
ven
ue
co
llect
ion
m
ed
ia Physical tickets -preprinted or issued on -site using ETVMs, etc
Electronic
Smart cart,
Tokens,
Enti
ty c
olle
ctin
g re
ven
ue Authority: - in- house
- out sourcing
Operator - himself
- Authority as above
depending upon type of operational contracts in all cases.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 41
travellers). Where passengers perceive value, this will, in turn, create more ridership which returns
value to the system.
4. Fares policy also plays a role in inducing a modal shift, particularly from private vehicles to public
transport and synthesising between public transport modes.
3.5.1.2 Non-fare box Revenue
Non-fare box revenue includes non-ticket sales and may include revenue from advertisement, commercial
development, cross subsidy, property rental, etc. Non-fare box revenue sources can play a role in improving
the viability of public transport operations.
3.5.1.3 Subsidy or additional incentives
Subsidies may either be loss-compensating or act as an incentive to generate the provision of additional
services. Examples of such payments are compensations of fare rebates for specific target groups,
compensations of fuel duties in specific areas, etc. By these means, the authority may also achieve some
redistribution of wealth between different groups of the population. Such interventions influence the action
of operators on the free market without foreclosing competitive threat and autonomous innovation which
are the principles of such a design.
3.5.2 Fare Box Revenue collection methodology
Depending upon the infrastructure and cost-effectiveness of various systems, the authority may choose one
or a combination of the following systems.
On-board – user of system pays for travel fare on-board the bus. The conductor collects fare and
issues ticket to the user. This is the most common form of revenue collection mode.
Off-board – in this system, the passenger pays fare before boarding the bus. There may or may
not be a ticket verification system on-board. This system is common in developed countries. It
requires adequate infrastructure for ticket dispersion, collection of money and ticket verification
system on the buses.
Fare box revenue may be collected in multiple ways with manual and electronic ticket vending machine
being the most common. Standards, design and specifications need to be developed by the authority for all
cases. The medium of the tickets may be paper, tokens, smart cards, etc.
3.5.3 The entity collecting revenue
Based on the revenue risk allocation, the authority or the operator may collect fare box revenue. The
decision of who collects the fare box revenue is important when designing contracts.
Hong Kong’s Rail plus Property Development Model
The Mass Transit Railway Corporation Limited (MTRCL) is the agency in charge of
operating and constructing the mass rail transit system in Hong Kong. Employing rail plus
property development (R+P) business model, the company partners with private property
developers to develop commercial, office and residential projects on and around rail stations
and depots. As of 2011, MTRCL has executed projects around 29 of the 82 stations,
providing close to 79,000 housing units and 1.7 million square metres of office and
commercial space. Profit after tax from the property development accounted for 30% of the
overall profit for the company in 2011.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 42
The city authority may collect fare box revenue on its own, or may outsource to a third party. In
both cases, either the authority or revenue collection agency procures, owns and maintains
equipment for collection of revenue. When outsourced, the fare collection contracts need to be for
periods in line with the serviceable life of the equipment.
The private operator usually collects fare box revenue when it assumes the revenue risk. In this
case, the equipment is owned and maintained by the operator.
Regardless of who manages the function or takes responsibility, the contract must specify clearly who shall
be responsible for waybill data generation, reporting, compilation, analysis, etc. In addition, fares and
ticketing integration with other modes of transport / other operators across the network need to be
facilitated.
Annexure VIII details the responsibilities of different parties for revenue collection under different
contract types.
Note that more recently, new technologies like mobile phone applications create an opportunity for a
payment system provider15 to manage the entire ticketing system using cloud-based technology. A key
feature is that it allows bus operators to be paid per passenger, with full data provided on individual bus
ridership, the location of boarding and alighting, and allowing bus tracking. This has the advantage of
applying central control to fare collection, operate a fully fare-integrated network, safeguard revenue, and
still pay operators per passenger when the operator takes the revenue risk.
3.6 MANAGING FINANCIAL PRESSURES AND FARE INCREASES
3.6.1 Managing Operating Losses
When the city authority assumes the revenue risk, the fare level is separate from the cost of operation, and
a number of options are available if costs increase and the system enters a loss-making phase, such as:
Improve marketing, understand customer needs and conduct a program to improve patronage;
Enact restrictions on competing modes (increase parking charges, reduce parking availability and
position the bus service as a more efficient alternative);
Look for efficiency improvements and cost savings but be careful not to reduce the level of service
(as such action may be counterproductive). Examine items such as unit costs, work practices, bus
speed, etc.
Reduce the level of service, especially in low-demand periods (but this may also reduce passenger
demand);
Increase fares or secure subsidy support.
3.6.2 Tariff fixing, structuring and revision
Within Net Cost Contracts, where the operator is revenue dependent, there needs to be a mechanism to
index fares to meet changes in operating costs (assuming other tactical responses are not available).
Including these formulas in the contract gives the operator confidence that the risk of increased costs can
be met in a structured way. Such a fare index uses a weighting system that apportions the unit cost increases
to the fare reflecting actual cost impact.
Within an NCC, the authority needs to clearly define triggers or time markers for tariff revision. Inputs to
fare revision could include CPI, fuel price changes, wage rate variations, etc., and these offer an objective
and quantitative system to inform the calculation. Delays in approving tariff revision is a risk faced by the
15 One such provider is Boloro Global USA.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 43
operator and contracts should include a clause the protect operators in case such an event, by appropriate
compensation for losses suffered.
City authorities are suggested to go through World Bank's Toolkit on Fare Collection Systems for Urban
Passenger Transport particularly the practice on fare structures for a more detailed treatise on the subject.
Exhibit 3-7, Exhibit 3-8 shows fare adjustment/escalation formula in Hong Kong and Singapore
respectively. Both examples show the need to have an elaborate, transparent fare revision mechanism
which is published to avoid ambiguity during fare revisions.
Annexure XIII elaborates on the fare fixation, structuring and revision in case the operator bears the
revenue risk.
Exhibit 3-7 The Fare Escalation Formula in Hong Kong16
Hong Kong had maintained its ‘formula’ (maximum profit based on 15 or 16% of assets employed) for
almost 20 years before it was superseded by a ‘basket of factors’:
“In determining the scale of fares, the government takes into account changes in operating costs and
revenue since the last increase, forecasts of future costs, revenue and return, and the need to provide the
operator with a reasonable rate of return. The value of average net fixed assets is used as the basis for
measuring the operator’s rate of return and reference is made to the rates of return in the previous ten
years. Public acceptability and affordability are also taken into account, (and) reference is made to
changes in the composite consumer price index”.
The ‘basket’ approach gives no weightings to the factors and does not preclude the consideration of
other factors. Some of the factors are highly qualitative and the basket approach’ leaves political
discretion largely unfettered. The political input is provided by the appointed Transport Advisory
Committee which considers fare increase applications from the bus operators and makes a
recommendation to the highest administrative authority in Hong Kong, the Chief Executive in Council,
as to whether an increase should be granted and the amount of that increase. In the context of Hong
Kong, however, the bus operators are confident that, in the current political and economic climate, which
is generally ‘pro-business’, their profits are unlikely to be compromised.
Exhibit 3-8 Fare Adjustment Formula in Singapore17
To better reflect Public Transport Operators’ (PTO) cost changes, the Public Transport Council
introduced Energy Index component to track energy costs and a core Consumer Price Index which
excludes costs of accommodation and private transport.
The revised fare formula is as follows:
Fare Adjustment = Price Index – Productivity Extraction
where, Price Index = 0.4 cCPI + 0.4 WI + 0.2 EI
cCPI is the change in core Consumer Price Index.
WI is the change in Wage Index. This refers to the Average Monthly Earnings (Annual National
Average), adjusted to account for any changes in the employer’s CPF contribution.
EI is the change in Energy Index. This refers to a composite of cost changes in electricity and
diesel.
16 http://www.legco.gov.hk/yr00-01/english/panels/tp/papers/a100e03.pdf
17 https://www.ptc.gov.sg/regulation/annualFareReviewProcess.htm
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 44
and, Productivity Extraction = 0.5% (valid from 2013 to 2017)
The productivity extraction factor is aimed for PTOs to share part of their productivity gains with
passengers.
3.6.3 Other tariff / revenue related factors
Mechanisms need also be developed by the authority, to deal with some socially relevant issues, such as
1) providing concessions to special needs groups such as students, persons with disabilities, etc. and 2)
Operation of non-profitable routes that operate as a public service obligation.
Such subsidised trips and tariff concessions need to be mentioned upfront in the contract along with an
objective mechanism to deal with them. The authority needs to periodically gauge the ongoing situation
and requirements, the financial performance, costs to provide services and payment to operators to provide
these services.
The authority needs to make budget provisions for maintaining such support; however, the authority also
needs to be aware of the possibility where operators manage revenue collection, revenue from loss-making
services may be hidden by them in order to increase compensation. A contract condition should specify
integrity of the fare collection system before a compensation agreement is entered into.
3.6.4 Fare Policy as a price mechanism to develop the market
The traditional government regulated fare scale is incapable of exploiting revenue opportunities in the
market, especially ‘willingness to pay’. Fares are usually set at levels the poor can afford, and
consequently, systems are starved of funds, providing a service that only the poor will use. Modern
transport system needs to be more innovative in designing fare policy to attract customers, offer them value,
building customer loyalty and at the same time developing value for the service provider. This is common
commercial practice in a retail setting, and can also be applied to bus services. Where a fare policy can
exploit willingness to pay, it will allow the cross-subsidising special needs users such as students or the
poor.
Pricing policy must move beyond the mind set of ‘affordability for the poor’ and instead focus on funding
options that will deliver on service quality objectives and sustainability.
To do this, the operator should manage a fare policy which will need to include a number of considerations,
including the affordability issue.
Using fare policy as a price mechanism to develop revenue and passenger growth, offering
incentives and discounts to volume users, and loyalty benefits.
Affordability is relative and needs to be understood in context, and it is necessary to understand
the customer. Social fares set for the poor results in ‘cash-starved’ and poorly performing
systems.
Being able to exploit ‘willingness to pay’ for value added services allowing cross-subsidy to
special needs /disadvantaged groups.
Electronic ticketing provides the technology to easily manage a more complex fare policy, user-
subsidies (and compensation amounts) and distance-based fares.
To avoid operator being able to exploit a captive market, the city authority can set an ‘average fare level’
allowing operators the freedom to adjust fares and within this framework of control, manage price
mechanisms to influence demand and maximise revenue.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 45
3.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL
Identification and benchmarking of performance parameters of any PT system along with monitoring and
control are essential to facilitate delivery of services as per agreed performance. An objective assessment
of system performance based on such parameters will guide both incentives and penalty for variations in
benchmarked performance. Objective and continual collection of operational and performance data in
various forms is one of the essential requirements for this purpose.
For continual data-based monitoring and control of PT services, it is essential to set up a control centre
duly equipped with necessary plant and equipment, ITS / IT infrastructure, applicable software, etc.,
manned by qualified, experienced and motivated staff, managed by the agency (the network manager).
However, where such an agency does not exist, relatively simple technology is available for an operator to
set up their facility.
In the case of a city-wide control centre with multiple bus operators, the provision of land, building, utilities
and other non-movable infrastructure along with its ownership and investments should be the responsibility
of the authority.
3.7.1 Performance monitoring18
In order to monitor performance of operators, quantifiable and qualitative parameters need to be identified
and defined mainly for the following amongst others:
Service quality – accessibility, adequacy, affordability, efficiency, reliability, regularly, safety,
etc.
Physical – productivity of rolling stock, capacity utilisation, fuel efficiency, mean time
between failures of aggregates, etc.
Financial – costs and revenue per passenger km, per passenger, per bus km, per bus daily;
Benchmarking – performance parameters based on past performance and or with respect to
peer PT agencies,
Monitoring – delivery of performance with respect to benchmarked levels, assessment of
deviations if any
Defaults, and their treatment – setting out punitive actions for quantifiable defaults –
discretionary defaults cause disputes and need to be avoided.
Data acquisition compilation, analysis evaluation, report generation, monitoring and control –
as explained in an earlier paragraph.
In all types of contracts, identification and defining of service quality parameters, their benchmarking,
monitoring and control are essentially done by the authority. In contracting systems where revenue risk is
with authority, it is easy to monitor and implement the above – where the authority can enforce
requirements using the payment mechanism as leverage. However, it is not the case in PPP contracts where
revenue risk is with the operator where there is no leverage to do so. The authority thus needs to consider
such issues while making a choice of the type of contract.
3.7.2 Infrastructure for control and monitoring
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS)19 comprise a set of sub-systems and equipment fitted on buses
and in the control room, to monitor performance of operations. They provide real-time operating data and
18 Refer: Guidelines for Bus Service Improvement: Policy and Options - ADB
19 Refer: Toolkit on Intelligent Transport Systems for Urban Transport - The World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 46
real-time communication across the various parts of the system. This information can be used for
monitoring and management of the bus contracts. While the city-wide ITS system managed by the control
rooms is owned by the authority, on-board subsystems are owned by bus owners and are compatible with
overall system.
In addition, a third party may be responsible for design, procurement, operations and maintenance of
system particularly that in the control room.
3.7.3 Bus fleet maintenance management
For the business model, there needs to be a system to ensure proper maintenance and servicing plan for the
bus fleet. It is incumbent on the authority to establish systems whereby it can monitor and audit fleet
maintenance and repair, especially if problems on service reliability become evident.
The elements of a vehicle maintenance program include:
Daily inspection routine carried out by drivers at the commencement of a shift with a reporting
and documentation system in place and a reporting trail
Servicing and scheduled maintenance program for the entire bus fleet
Regular safety inspections/compliance with regulations
Complete recording system of all bus service and maintenance
Internal (self-audit) procedure
Various fleet management activities and under whose responsibility they fall, are shown in Annexure V.
3.8 MARKETING AND BRANDING OF SERVICE
Developing an overarching marketing and branding strategy is essential to ensure a successful
implementation of an improved provision of bus transit services in the city. The importance of outreach of
any public transport services cannot be overstated. The challenge is to develop a customised
communications strategy for city bus services including customised messaging for audience, selection of
media tools, etc. The communication strategy development will provide input for this marketing campaign.
Branding: Branding techniques are a way of identifying the bus service characteristics in the minds of the
public. It is primarily intended to create awareness of service offering, and help communicate distinct
features of the bus service to encourage greater use of the system. The following are some branding
techniques which the city authority may use:
A logo is a visual image or icon that communicates the distinct nature of a specific bus
service. A logo usually uses distinct colours and can be combined with the brand names,
either under the form of an ideogram or a logotype.
Brand names can take the form of a word or a short sentence that helps distinguish the bus
service from other regular transit services operating in the same city.
The use of distinguished and designated colour schemes on infrastructure and fleet helps
differentiate and set apart the bus service by providing visual references for passengers.
Market Reach: The primary purpose of a market analysis is to have a general picture of the customers
and develop a better understanding of key factors that influence people’s decisions in terms of modal
choice. More specifically, market research tools are intended to reveal the:
Current users of bus service
Potential users of bus service
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 47
Barriers faced by non-users
Need for service improvements
Expectations from a bus service
Market research tools mostly include:
1. Surveys (both attitude and usage surveys): Telephone surveys, web surveys, mail surveys, onsite
(either on-board or at a bus stop/station) surveys
2. Focus groups discussions
In a PPP model, while the responsibility for the branding of urban PT system is with authority, the
marketing of services may be allocated to the agency that will benefit directly from the marketing efforts.
Where operators are directly dependent on patronage and revenues, failure in marketing by the
authority/agency may affect their revenues. The authority could include clauses in the contract to indemnify
themselves, but it would be better to ensure that this eventuality did not occur in the first place.
3.9 FINANCIAL MODEL
The financial Model is an important part of the overall business model. It is utilised to evaluate the project
viability and attractiveness, assess the requirement of financing for the project including subsidy or
viability gap funding and summarise the financial information of the project.
A typical structure and information flows in a financial model is shown in the exhibit below.
The key steps/methodology to be followed for preparation of financial model are described below briefly.
Input for financial model:
The inputs to the financial model would include the following
Estimated capital costs and operating and maintenance costs and a depreciation schedule for
physical assets
Revenue options and the associated forecast revenue stream. This will include fare box revenue
and non-fare box revenue identified
Forecast demand
Debt and repayment schedule
Sensitivity ranges on assumptions
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 48
Output of financial model:
The outputs of the financial model would include the following
Projected Financial Statement such as cash flow, income statement and balance sheet
Expected returns from the project in Net Present Value (NPV), Debt Service Coverage Ratio
(DSCR) and Internal Rate of Return (IRR)
Assessment of subsidy or viability gap funding requirements where there is a viability gap between
revenue requirement and potential revenue
Sensitivity analysis:
Sensitivity analysis shows the extent to which the viability of a project is influenced by variations in major
quantifiable variables. The long-term commercial viability of a project would be critical in ensuring private
operator’s interest in that project. In case, project returns are found to be less than a benchmark; the
authority can consider additional subsidy or Viability Gap Funding to make the project attractive.
The authority is advised to follow the Toolkit on Finance and Financial Analysis20 published by Ministry
of Urban Development and the PPP Toolkit for Improving PPP Decision-Making Processes21, in particular,
the Financial Viability Indicator Model22 for more detail on financial modelling.
3.10 SUMMARY
The next chapters discuss the four model contracts along with the contract parameters and procurement
guidelines. However, before cities move on to contract selection they are advised to have completed the
following:
1. Business Environment Assessment as detailed in Chapter 2
2. Preparation of Business Plan as detailed in Section 3.1.4
3. Network and Service Planning as detailed in Section 3.3
4. Financial Model as detailed in Section 3.9
The completion of these 4 actions provides the cities with the context behind city bus operations, and the
business model under which city bus operations shall operate giving them an understanding which decides
their next steps. The cities in the next chapter shall have to decide on whether a PPP option is best for them
and within PPP option which type of contract is best suited for them.
20 http://www.sutpindia.com/skin/pdf/Toolkits/Finance%20and%20Financial%20Assessment%20Toolkit.pdf
21 http://toolkit.pppinindia.com
22 http://toolkit.pppinindia.com/xls/urban-transport/PPP-Financial-model-tool-urban-transport.zip
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 49
4. CHOOSING THE RIGHT CONTRACT
This section outlines the various contract options, including the PPP contract models. The operations of a
public monopoly as well as full privatisation are also discussed to cover the possibilities comprehensively.
Four PPP contract options are discussed, outlining their distinct features, suitability to a specific context
and situation and their advantages and disadvantages. Particularly, the role of the authority and prevalent
risks are discussed, along with the suitability of the contract to the characteristics of the operators.
4.1 OVERVIEW OF CONTRACT OPTIONS
This document evaluates four types of PPP contracts across the spectrum of contracts, with a public
monopoly operator owning and operating services at one end, and a fully privatized bus operation at the
other end. Exploring the entire spectrum is influenced by suggestions received during industry
consultations regarding continued viability of fully public and fully private options. Evaluating these two
options will also help identify the rationale behind cities that opt for a PPP contract option.
We evaluate these two non-PPP options first and then evaluate the four PPP options in the subsequent
sections. Exhibit 4-1 illustrates the full range of options for engaging bus operators.
Exhibit 4-1 Guiding Principle and Options for Model Contracts
4.2 BUS OPERATION BY A PUBLICALLY-OWNED ENTERPRISE/STATE TRANSPORT UNDERTAKING
(STU)
It is argued, especially in the face of poorly performing private bus operations, that the city/state should
operate the public bus services. The logic has merits, the public sector is more likely to have the interests
of society at heart, and can theoretically operate at lower costs than the private sector. However, state
operations have typically failed despite many state-operated businesses having employees that are highly
competent technically.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 50
Many factors have attributed to these failures, some of the key ones being:
Lack of a clear objective: State bus operations often suffer from the dilemma of blurred objectives.
On the one hand, they are expected to be profitable or have a reduced need for subsidies while at
the same time provide services at reduced rates (regulated low fares).
Political directives and considerations often interfere with good business practice, including high
staffing levels and generous staff entitlements, inefficient work practices and an inability to
eliminate poorly performing services.
Reliance on subsidy: Excessive reliance on subsidy has a two-pronged effect; firstly it creates a
lack of focus on passenger demand and customer service as authorities are subsidy (not revenue)
dependent. There is little focus on service efficiency or winning passengers, and the result is a
‘supply-oriented’ rather than of a demand-oriented service. Secondly, financial pressures often
result in cost-cutting and service level reduction which leads to declining passenger numbers and
consequently, dwindling revenue.
All of the abovementioned factors lead to a subsidy based non-commercial approach towards the business.
Unfortunately, businesses cannot continue to rely indefinitely on subsidies, and after a particular point, the
city may cut back subsidies to cover losses, especially when public budgets are strained due to competing
demands for funds.
Privatisation, defined as transferring state-run operations to the private sector, is often hailed as the obvious
solution but comes with a unique set of challenges. The success of privatisation lies in a number of inherent
factors like focus on revenue building, a real understanding of costs and subsidies, developing profit
incentives that drives efficiency and a merit-based recruitment.
These issues make it essential to evaluate options that may equip STUs to be competitive in providing bus
services. The options would include strengthening the STU or transferring their operations to a state-owned
special purpose vehicle (SPV) company that is a commercially-oriented government-owned entity
established to operate bus services.
4.2.1.1 Strengthening STUs
The key to fixing the STU issues lies in their reorganisation as a commercial operation. The process begins
with establishing a clear objective on the aims of the organization, and reduced political involvement in its
functioning. The loss-compensating subsidy should be phased out to ensure that the organisation is
customer centric and generates revenue. This may require not just an increase in fares to cover costs, but
also the introduction of a more innovative fare policy that exploits ‘willingness to pay’. It is imperative for
the management to be more accountable for revenue and less reliant on subsidy support. It is also essential
to review the operation costs and adopt measures like higher bus speeds or rationalise stops, to decrease
the same. The organisation also needs to review human resources related factors like high wage costs and
pension benefits, and the inability to dismiss poorly performing staff that adversely affects the performance
of the STU.
Eventually, the success of the exercise depends on the capability of STU to adopt these fundamental and
structural reforms. If these reforms are not possible, the only option for the STU might be to convert them
to a government owned commercial enterprise.
4.2.1.2 Reorganising an STU to a government-owned commercial SPV
Some Indian cities have explored option to develop commercial SPVs i.e. a business-like government–
owned company to operate bus services. This is a logical step in ensuring that the management becomes
commercially-oriented, is accountable for performance, and ensures a greater focus on customer service
and satisfaction.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 51
4.2.1.3 An alternative role for the public sector in network management
It may be argued that the essential role of the public sector may not necessarily be to operate the buses but
to plan and monitor the bus network. In this model, the ‘public bus operator’ manages the business, and
not the operations, of public transport i.e. planning services, collecting revenue, being responsible for
customer service, etc., and the operation and maintenance of the buses are contracted to the private sector.
Separating these roles creates a Principal and Client relationship where there is clear accountability for
service provision. This model has been adopted by many Public Transport Authorities (PTAs) in many
cities around the world; some of the prominent examples include Transport for London (London), Public
Transport Council (Singapore), and Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (Boston).
4.3 FULL PRIVATISATION OF BUS OPERATIONS
Another operational model for bus operations, though miles away from state-owned bus services, is the
full privatisation of city bus services, where the private sector, and not the state, carries the responsibility
for transport outcomes. Under this scenario, market forces are left to dictate the balance between supply
and demand.
During the 1980-90s, neo-liberal policy experts argued that state-run bus operations be privatised on the
assumption that private operators were more efficient, could adapt better to the market, and would require
less subsidy (or none at all). The UK was among early adopters of this model, and the experiment
demonstrated a reduction in subsidies for utilities like power and water. While the UK model was based
on conviction of market efficiencies and was successful in eliminating costly subsidies, the downsides like
loss of consumer base, indicated a downturn in service delivery levels, and it took years for the industry to
address these issues successfully.
The possibilities and downsides of full privatisation
While the UK experience had issues owing to its uniqueness, it was also impacted by factors like abolishing
authority role in service planning and depot privatisation, which distorted fair competition. The UK
experience of reduction in bus passengers coinciding with privatisation suggests that the blanket adoption
of privatisation model might not always yield successful results. Similar experience were observed
worldwide by subsidy-burdened state operators that adopted privatisation as a ‘silver bullet’.
It may be argued that privatisation did not yield better outcomes mainly for two reasons. Firstly, the risks
that the state companies could not manage were transferred to private operators who themselves could not
manage these risks and ultimately started a ‘race to the bottom’ in quality standards fuelled by cost cutting.
Secondly, although regulators yielded control over the level of service and quality to the operators they
still retained control over fares and left the operators to sort out the economics.
Eventually, global enthusiasm for privatisation was tempered by the fact that the profit motive of the private
operators was often in conflict with public service objectives, leading to a trend toward PPP arrangements
to strike a better balance in control and efficiency, and the essential sharing of risk.
4.4 PPP CONTRACTS23
4.4.1 Overview of PPP Contracts
A Public Private Partnership is typically a medium to long-term arrangement between the public and
private sectors whereby services that are typically the responsibility of the public sector are transferred to
the private sector.
23 Also known as “Controlled Competition”, “Competition for the Market”, both requiring public tendering for bus transport concessions
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 52
The PPP contract is a detailed framework under which a private company can perform the services, and
maintain and carry out investment for a given term. The roles and responsibilities of each party and their
rights and obligations are explicitly outlined in the contract. A PPP contract also defines the partnership
relationship. While all contracts define relationship at a tactical level, PPP contracts need specifically
defined strategic framework where:
There is alignment of expectations and objectives between the parties;
A clear alignment exists among strategic, tactical and operational aspects;
Reasonable flexibility is given to respond to the dynamic context of public transport and
to understand the environment and capabilities of the parties.
PPP contracts will vary according to the situation and context, the strength and capacity of the parties, and
the trust relationship between operators and the authority. The contracts range from a Gross Cost Model,
where the entire revenue risk is with the authorities, to a Net Cost Model, where the operator takes the
responsibility of managing the revenue risk. The contracts also include hybrid models, which act more like
a ‘partnership’ and are relational in terms of risk sharing and partnering toward a common objective.
It is important that the process of developing the contract is open and clear, and achieves buy-in from all
sides. It is also valuable to learn from the past and other cities’ experiences.
4.4.2 The benefits of PPP Contracts
There are two aspects of a PPP contract that make it valuable and useful in the management of city bus
services: 1) the inherent ‘contractual’ basis of the agreement and 2) the aspect of ‘partnership’.
The contractual basis ensures:
The roles of the parties; their rights and obligations; and procedures are well-defined and
clearly stated and are part of written, agreed upon and enforceable terms and conditions of the
contract;
The contract is the control mechanism which places the authority in the ‘driving seat’ to
achieve its intended outcomes;
Remuneration to operators is (in part) performance based;
Performance is easier to enforce (under contract) utilising payment mechanisms and a
sanction/penalty regime;
Contracts allow the removal or discipline of poorly performing operators.
The partnership aspect ensures:
Shared risk – assigning of risk to where it can be best-managed;
Contracts are financially viable for both parties;
Aiming for a win-win outcome.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 53
4.4.3 The Role of the authority24 in the PPP Contract
In any PPP-type contract, the public authority will need to participate to a greater extent in the management
of the system network; beyond its traditional role of ‘regulator’. The SPVs in Indian cities are a typical
example of the same, where these entities engage by:
Asserting a business management approach to public transport, and strengthening control
over outcomes;
Being ultimately responsible for customer service delivery;
Concerning themselves with sustainability and risk management;
Taking a more commercial approach to subsidies, using it to produce positive outcomes
and not to merely support operational losses.
In situations where SPVs take a more commercial approach to public transport, instead of the traditional
‘social service’ mind set of an STU, the SPV adopts an approach that is more aligned to the private sector
approach.
4.4.4 Evaluation of the PPP Contract Options
Within the realm of PPP contracts, four distinct categories are identified as follows:
1. Gross Cost Contract (GCC)
In the GCC, the authority takes a major role in managing the network, by contracting the operators
and paying them to provide a set level of services under set quality standards. Under this type of
contract, the authority carries the revenue risk, plans overall services, manages the contract for
Level of Service (LOS) and quality, and is ultimately responsible for customer service.
This contract is suitable if the authority (having access to finance) wishes to take a dominant role,
control service planning, and assume the revenue risk or the routes are likely to be unviable. A city
with low ridership routes, where the revenue risk would seem unmanageable to the operator, is
suitable for adopting a Gross Cost Model.
This contract sets overall Minimum Service Levels (MSL)/Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and
requires close monitoring by the authority. By its inherent nature, this contract grants a greater
control to the authority.
2. Hybrid Gross Cost Contract
Under a hybrid contract (a variant of the GCC), the agency still carries prime responsibility for
passenger service outcomes and sets explicit service obligations (MSL), but incentivises the
operator through additional payment for ridership growth.
This contract is a more suitable contract for cities that require the ownership of GCC and with an
intention to share the revenue risk. The model incentivises the operator to ensure it meets the
service levels, and innovate to increase ridership. The authority sets overall MSL/Quality KPIs and
needs to monitor as closely as in the GCC model.
3. Net Cost Contract (NCC)
In the NCC, the authority performs a more regulatory role, and the operator carries the revenue
risk. Service planning is mostly done by the operator, although an MSL and Quality KPIs are set
24 It is to be noted that the terms Government, State, City and ‘Authority’ are interchangeable in this document describing the public
sector entity or its various embodiments responsible for administration or management of bus services. The terms Bus Operator and
Contractor used in the description of PPP's are also interchangeable.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 54
as conditions for awarding the NCC. The authority has lesser control mechanisms which typically
results in a loss of control as the party that carries revenue risk has the upper hand. However,
control can be improved if there is an incentive for the operator to comply with the authority’s
wishes. For example, if an operator is profitable, it will increase the authority’s chances of
influencing a better level of service (LOS), whereas if the operator struggles financially, then its
economic survival takes precedence over any request to improve service levels.
The operator will cross-subsidise non-profitable routes with profitable ones. This type of contract
is suitable where there are willing and capable operators. However, there is a risk of the contract
weakening the authority’s control and leading to undesirable outcomes.
4. Hybrid Net Cost Contract
In Hybrid Net Cost Contract (a variant of the Net Cost Contract), the authority supports non-
commercial routes where service on the routes needs to be provided as a public service obligation
(PSO).
This contract type is suitable for more skilled, willing and experienced operators who are capable
of undertaking service planning and managing almost all the revenue risk, and where the authority
does not have the skill for business management. It can be used in a city where the revenue risk,
to be undertaken on certain routes, is unmanageable for a single party. The authority sets overall
MSL/Quality KPIs and needs to monitor outcomes. But, by its inherent nature, the level of control
by the authority is less.
Exhibit 4-2 briefly outlines the features of the Gross Cost, Net Cost and Hybrid Contract types. The
discussions on the individual contracts are detailed in the following sections.
Exhibit 4-2 Features of GCC, NCC and hybrid contract
Parameter GCC Hybrid GCC NCC Hybrid NCC
Suitability
Authority has
maximum control
Authority has
more control
and intends that
operator shares
some revenue
risk
Operators have
more control
Higher revenue
risk for operator
Limited
competition on the
routes
Operators have more
control, but less than
NCC
Revenue risk for
operator lower than
NCC
Limited competition
on the routes
Revenue risk
Authority Shared:
Base cost by
authority
Ridership
increase by
operators
Operator Operator, subsidy by
authority on un-
viable routes
Degree of
operator’s
incentive to
Low High High High
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 55
Parameter GCC Hybrid GCC NCC Hybrid NCC
increase
ridership
Fixed payment
irrespective of
ridership
Bonus on
increase in
ridership
Revenue directly
linked to ridership
Revenue directly
linked to ridership
Monitoring and
penalty regime
Requires strong
and consistent
monitoring with
penalty for
service below
benchmark
performance
Higher level of
monitoring than
GCC because of
greater
economic
incentive for
performance
Less monitoring.
Only service
quality parameters
monitored
Level of monitoring
is higher than NCC.
In addition to
service level
parameters,
monitoring of
movement of bus on
un-viable routes
Access to
finance
(Bankability of
project)
High
Guaranteed
income reduces
credit risk
High
Part of income
assured;
decreases risk
Low
Revenue risk borne
by operator.
Increases credit
risk especially if no
track record or
demand is
uncertain.
Low
Reduces revenue
risk as non-
commercial routes
are supported.
Improves credit-
worthiness, but still
lower than GCC
Developing a public transport system in most of the countries is a loss-making venture, so authorities
should be prepared to provide some form of subsidy to the operators to ensure that project is sustainable.
Access to finance is an important parameter, but it should not be the sole criterion for selection of a business
model. Hence, extreme caution must be adopted while considering access to finance as one of the key
reasons for selection of business model.
4.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF A GROSS COST MODEL
4.5.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in a GCC
Gross Cost Contracts may be used in any situation where the authority wishes to enforce strict quality
outputs. It is also a suitable model for low demand routes or services operating in non-peak hours, where
services may not be commercially viable for the operator.
The contract specifies minimum service levels (MSL) and quality service standards. The monitoring and
enforcement are easier but is reliant on the ability of the authority to monitor the entire service. Thus, the
model’s monitoring is easier on a trunk line than an expansive city area.
A GCC prescribes in detail the service requirements with regard to the standard of quality and service
delivery as well as operational, management and performance monitoring procedures. The level of detail
in the contract should be sufficient to ensure the operator is informed of all requirements and the authority
has a reference for applying penalties in case of performance failure.
However, the contractual demands placed on the operator need to be objective and realistic, and penalty
by the authority must be applied fairly and equitably. City authorities should develop a contract
management procedures manual to provide explicit and clear guidance in the management of the contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 56
The payment of the operator is dependent on the kilometres plied and not on the number of passengers
carried. In situations where revenue is overly dependent on the number of passengers transported, the
operators often compromise on safety in the pursuit of passengers and revenue, causing irregular and illegal
behaviours and safety concerns. By delinking the payments from passenger revenue, GCC can reduce
competition.
The service specifications within the contract must be variable and must allow the authority to adjust
services according to demand requirements. However, under reduced demand, the operator may be
burdened with an excess fleet and suffer financial disadvantage.
4.5.2 Roles, responsibilities and risk assignment in a GCC
In a GCC, the authority manages the ‘businesses of public transport’ while the operator manages the
‘business of bus operation’. Service planning, efficiency, business development and marketing are all in
the domain of the authority’s responsibility. The authority not only takes the revenue risk but is also in a
position to manage the revenue risk by being able to adjust services to demand, marketing the system,
implementing parallel traffic treatments/restrictions, managing central fare collection and fare integration,
etc. In cases where the authority also controls the service planning of the network, it has the flexibility to
assign and reassign the buses across the network and adjust LOS according to demand.
The risk assigned to the operator is the operational risk; including responsibility for service frequency (no
missed trips) and compliance with quality and safety standards (bus quality, cleanliness, driver behaviour,
safety, etc.).
4.5.3 The monitoring capacity of the authority
GCC requires (and demands) the authority to undertake close monitoring of daily performance. The
authority will need the requisite resources and the technology to carry out this task.
4.5.4 Operator input into service development
Under a GCC, the operator is not expected to contribute to service development, since it has no incentive
to be more efficient by reducing kilometres of operations (as it is the basis for payment) and it most likely
wants to increase kilometres for additional benefit. However, a good operator with an eye on the long-term
partnership opportunities could provide useful advice that is more likely to be attuned to local demand. It
may be worthwhile for authorities to develop such a constructive relationship with the operator.
4.5.5 Payment mechanisms and performance incentives of a GCC
In a GCC, the authority collects the revenue and takes revenue (demand) risk, and therefore controls the
levers of supply, price, and service quality and system performance. By taking this business control and
the risk, it has a strong hand in ensuring quality, assisted by the contract to enforce service delivery. The
authority must have the resources and ability to monitor services closely.
While there is a good incentive to maintain service frequency, operators carry no demand or revenue risk,
so they have little incentive to cater to demand, as their revenue is unaffected by demand-propelling efforts.
The limitation of a GCC is that operators can comply with the fleet, capacity and kilometre targets as set
out in the operational plan, and still offer poor service. This increases the authority’s reliance on the penalty
regime to ensure quality standards are maintained. Complementing the kilometre payment system with a
bonus for passengers carried would motivate operators to improve customer service. Penalty regimes
typically include a financial penalty for service failures and a demerit point system to identify chronic
performance failures and a habitually poor performing operator. Subsequent months of poor performance
could justify a review of the contract with eventual termination if the problems are ongoing.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 57
A typical payment mechanism useful especially for Gross Cost Contracts is an Escrow Account that can
be used to manage inflows and outflows of cash specifically for revenue receipts and disbursements along
set payment guidelines. The account can also hold a balance of contingency funds to smooth out peaks
and troughs and guarantee timely payments. For example, a contingency of an amount equal to one month’s
fee payable to the private operator may be the mandate. The provisions of the escrow account are further
detailed through an escrow account agreement between the authority and the private operator. This
agreement forms part of the main contract.
The main benefit of using an escrow account for payments from the authority to the operator is that it gives
an assurance to both the parties that neither would default on its obligations. The operator would not receive
its payment till the time it delivers on the agreed provision of service, which is an assurance for the
authority. At the same time, the operator is assured of payment once the agreed services are delivered as
specified in the contract since the amount has already been debited from the authority’s account.
4.5.6 Access to finance under GCC
Payment by kilometre under a GCC ranks well in terms of risk and access to finance. Typically a GCC
specifies and assures annual kilometres over the contract period, so an operator does not suffer losses with
a reduction in demand. The authorities often extend the contract when the operators have not achieved the
kilometre quota.
4.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF A HYBRID GROSS COST MODEL
4.6.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in Hybrid GCC
Contracts can also be a ‘partnering agreement’ between the authority and the private operator. A Hybrid
GCC suits situations where the operators are more skilled and experienced in the business of bus service.
The operators are consequently given the opportunity and incentives to be innovative and responsive in the
provision of services while meeting minimum service standards. This contract can be utilised in cities with
a high potential to increase the ridership.
A Hybrid GCC gives the operators an incentive for maintaining and increasing the ridership (but with MSL
applied), similar to the bus service contracts of Adelaide Australia.
The level of responsibility for service innovation given to operators under this type of contract depends
entirely on the skill, capacity and motivation of the operator. The incentive mechanisms in the contract
should be aligned with the objectives of the authority (such as reducing costs and building patronage);
however, service change proposals still need to be approved by the authority.
The Adelaide experience illustrated some operators were proactively applying their expertise in catering
to passenger demand and improving service levels; however, despite the incentive to exploit this provision
for additional income, others simply managed costs to ensure they remained sustainable.
Exhibit 4-3 Flow of funds from Escrow Account
2. Provision of agreed services
1. Transfer of funds 3. Transfer of funds
AUTHORITY
ESCROW ACCOUNT
PRIVATE
OPERATOR
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 58
Exhibit 4-4 The Hybrid Contract Model used in Adelaide
The contracts were area-based giving operators’ exclusive rights within their service area and were
awarded through a competitive bidding process. Conditions were also established to provide for bus
services that crossed contract boundaries. No commercial deregulated services were allowed. The
term of the contract was an initial five years and would allow for contract renewal by negotiation for
a further five years in cases of satisfactory performance. The operator commenced with the network
and services as specified by the transport authority and prepared an annual service plan in which it
could propose amendments to the network, routes or service levels. Any proposed changes need to be
approved by the transport authority.
Changes would typically be within the allocated contracted kilometres; however, growth would
require additional funding. In light of the Government's primary objectives for the passenger transport
reforms to "encourage innovation and achieve service improvements, particularly improved
frequencies, better night and weekend services and more equitable access to services", it was
concluded that operators should be in the best position to determine service requirements (having
regard to costs) at the local, tactical level and that operators, therefore, should be given the primary
role in detailed service planning within minimum service guidelines.
The salient features of the contract adopted were as follows:
a. a set of prescribed minimum service standards, both metropolitan-wide and specific to each
contract area (generally based on previous levels of service);
b. tender bids were required to be based on at least these minimum service standards, with
additional points being awarded in tender evaluation for bids offering service enhancements;
c. the contracted operator had the primary responsibility for developing proposals for service
enhancements and variations;
d. the fleet deployment plan was prepared by the transport authority. The operators had the
provision to submit a proposal, to amend the fleet deployment plan in accordance with their
tactical measures to improve services. However, proposals for these changes were subject
to approval by the authority; and it was expected that contractors would finance service
innovation from savings and additional revenue from increasing ridership.
Generally speaking, a Hybrid GCC will need to ensure the following aspects:
Clear objectives established by the city for service outcomes about the city objectives on
passenger demand. These objectives could include passenger growth, service coverage and
access, level of service, etc.; the objectives should be embodied in the contract.
A reward mechanism should be included. Performance incentives should be mindful of
the skill and capacity of operators to propose service adjustments.
A performance measure predominantly based on outcomes like passenger growth and
satisfaction. However, it is equally important to monitor reliability and safety aspects like
missed trips and accident records.
A suitable payment mechanism and incentive structure. For example, the payment
mechanism should be able to quantify passenger growth relative to kilometres since
operators have no incentive to reduce wasted kilometres if they are paid on a kilometre
basis.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 59
Offering a level of protection from on-road competition especially when the operator takes
a greater revenue risk.
Under such a contract, the operator should be assured of covering costs, but must improve its returns
through service innovation.
4.6.2 Roles, responsibilities and risk assignment in a Hybrid GCC
In the hybrid GCC, the authority maintains control over MSL and KPI's to control customer service levels.
It devolves some service planning to operators under the incentive to develop business, build revenue and
maintain quality standards. The penalty system and service quality evaluation are same as the GCC, and
the authority retains the same monitoring responsibility.
However, incentivising the operator for performance and increasing the ridership, does not mean assigning
the entire revenue risk to the operator. Any risks assigned to the operator must be attentive of the operator’s
ability to manage it. For example, traffic congestion or roadwork which can affect the cost of service
delivery and service timeliness or ancillary factors such as motor vehicle policy or illegal competition that
can affect patronage or revenues, are factors that are beyond the control of the operator.
In a hybrid GCC, the authority still collects revenue even in cases of on-bus fare collection25, and the
operator is paid for services in line with the predetermined payment mechanism.
4.6.3 The management capacity of the authority in a hybrid GCC
A Hybrid GCC design requires the same management capacity as the authority exercises in a pure GCC.
Mechanisms to determine actual ridership increase then needs to be in place to maintain the integrity of the
bonus payments to the operator.
4.6.4 Operator’s input into service development
Hybrid GCC designs allow and incentivise operators to develop efficiencies. Developing passenger growth
and managing costs is the key to their profitability, and thus gives them incentives to improve service
levels, reduce wasted kilometres, and other customer service improvements, etc.
As the operator shares the revenue risk (indirectly), it has a reason to improve and self-monitor
performance, however, the authority still has to enforce service obligations by ensuring minimum service
levels (MSL) are adhered to, and also respond to failures under KPIs and passenger complaints.
4.6.5 Payment mechanisms and performance incentives in Hybrid GCC
Hybrid GCC designs require the same performance incentives as GCC. However, the additional payments
made for ridership increase will act as an economic incentive in addition to penalties applied for poor
performance under the GCC model.
The authority may decide the component of the O&M Fee it intends to share with the operator for an
increase in ridership. The corresponding values of Bonus Percent26 shall be used for calculation of Bonus
O&M Fee. For instance, if the variable component is 40% of the O&M fee, and the Monthly Load Factor
on Route 1 on XYZ bus is 51%, then Bonus Payment payable shall be (40% of Per km O&M Fee x 50%).
The following table presents sample monthly load factors and bonus percent values.
25 Modern ticketing technology allows better control over revenue by managing central fare collection. In cases where the operator
collects fares ‘on-bus’ the revenue is banked to the account of the authority. .
26 The authority may change the Monthly Load Factor and Bonus Percent values, as per its needs
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 60
Exhibit 4-5 Sample monthly load factor and bonus percent values
Monthly Load Factor Bonus Percent
<40% Nil
40% to 50% 20%
51% to 60% 50%
61% to 70% 80%
>70% 100%
A further performance incentive could be the adoption of good performance as a credential in subsequent
rounds of tenders. These future opportunities might incentivise contracts to perform well even towards the
end of their contract terms.
4.6.6 Access to finance under Hybrid GCC
As the hybrid contract has a strong element of assured income, it ranks well in terms of risk and access to
finance. However, if the cities undertaking reform has insufficient data on assured demand and future
growth, it may be reasonable for the contract to shield operators from undue revenue risk.
4.7 SALIENT FEATURES OF A NET COST MODEL
Under the Net Cost Contract, the city assigns to an operator, the permission to carry out business through
designated routes or service areas generally with a level of exclusivity and protection from competition, in
return for a monthly fee or payment of a grant, as the case may be. The operator retains the fare box revenue
collected from the passengers and has the economic incentive to increase the ridership in the buses. The
operator also needs to cross-subsidise non-profitable routes from their profitable sectors. The model has
been adopted in Singapore, Barcelona, Budapest, and Amsterdam27 .
The operators in India on NCC type arrangements hold the permits for defined areas/routes and under
government fare regulations. However, in India, the major impediment to this type of operation is that the
operator provides services within the framework of a regulated fare scale established by the city, and rarely
revised due to socio-political factors. This situation causes hardship to the operator and makes the model
unsustainable from the operator’s perspective. Consequently, operators reduce the service levels and leave
the government powerless to exercise any authority over the situation. As a result, these operations have
been progressively modified in various ways either by retendering of contracts or by negotiating with
incumbent operators with the government taking patronage risk in return for high standards of service
delivery.
In this guidance document, we offer an NCC as an option where the authority wishes to be less involved,
and rely more on the private sector to deliver services under an entrepreneurial model despite evidence
regarding the model’s downsides and its failure in achieving public objectives.
Under the NCC model, the operator conducts service planning but has to comply with conditions set by
the authority such as MSL, Quality, Fleet Deployment Plan, age of vehicles, and fare rules.
Typical features of a Net Cost Contract include:
27 van de Velde, D., Beck, A., Elburg, J.-C. van, & Terschuren, K.-H. (2008). Contracting in urban public transport.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 61
Some level of exclusivity (reduces competition) to establish a viable business.
In return, the operators agree to abide by certain conditions (LOS / fare control/ quality/
fleet deployment plan)
Operators have maximum incentive to conduct service planning.
Quality/ performance not as easy to enforce, but strict penalty system exists in the contract
Tends to be more successful where operators are profitable but conflicts arise when risks
such as revenue risk are high
Operators have captive market and poorly performing operators are removed using the
penalty system
In the Net Cost model, the operators secure the right to establish their own business to operate public bus
services and will cover investment costs, working capital costs, and carry the entire revenue risks. The
government regulates quality standards, public well-being issues, and competition.
The major risk associated with NCC are identified as follows:
Traffic congestion: Traffic congestion could lead to inefficient operation and thereby, increase
the cost of operation. While city authorities have the ability to control traffic, the model does
not offer them any incentive for the same. However, bus operators suffer severe cost impacts
when buses are stuck in traffic. As a general rule, if a bus operator cannot reach 20 km/hour
they will be losing money, and shall either require a subsidy, or an increase in fares to
compensate for the loss of efficiency.
Fare Policy: On the revenue side, a static and regulated fare set by the government may not be
sufficient to cover operating and investment cost, especially if costs increase due to traffic
inefficiency. Fare levels are often set to affordability levels, based on an ‘affordable for the
poor’ mind set, thus starving the system of funds to ensure quality travel.
Revenue Protection: The inability of operators to control fare collection and protect revenue
is also a major risk issue for them
Competition in the market: Other modes of transport, especially informal modes of transport,
pose immense competition to the operators plying on routes and erode operators’ revenue.
Because of this, the operator tries to cut costs and the service quality goes down. It may also
lead to safety issues with operators competing with each other for a limited set of passengers.
Based on the above, it follows that an NCC would be feasible if the city could work more closely with
operators in a practical way to make the business model work, particularly assisting in managing risk. The
NCC could be structured in such a way that the city gives certain concessions and guarantees to reduce
operator risk. This would include:
1. Enabling an operating environment that guarantees commercial operating speeds (as is the case
with BRTS)
2. Allowing operators to manage essential control levers such as service levels
3. Reviewing passenger fares at regular intervals
4. Linking fare revision with the quality of service offered by the operator would greatly assist the
viability of an NCC and promote the authority’s objective. Improved technology such as e-
ticketing may also assist in ensuring better protection of the revenue, improved monitoring and a
high level of data collection for efficient service planning.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 62
This would create a situation where the city authority can ensure sustainable operations under an NCC
without taking the revenue risk.
4.7.1 Suitability to contractor and level of contract detail in an NCC
A Net Cost Contract requires an entrepreneurial operator willing and capable of taking the revenue risk but
would expect to be rewarded with an additional risk premium. While such Net Cost Contracts are presently
unpopular in India due to operators perceiving unmanageable risk, operators may reconsider if they see a
prospect where risks can be managed.
4.7.2 Operator input into service development in an NCC
As the operator takes full revenue risk, it assumes extensive responsibility for service enhancement, and
has the incentive to operate efficiently. Although the fleet deployment plan may be set by the authority, the
operator can submit a plan that is more demand responsive. Where services are non-commercial e.g. late
night services, there needs to be an accommodation by offering compensation either in form or more
profitable services. These options fall under the purview of Hybrid NCC option and have been addressed
in subsequent sections.
4.7.3 Access to finance under an NCC
Compared to the other contract options, the NCC has the greatest difficulty in accessing finance unless the
operator has a sound track record and the business is known to the lender. The key issue behind lenders’
hesitance is the uncertainty associated with passenger demand and subsequent revenue projections.
Accessing finance is easier for projects in cities that have detailed information regarding demand patterns
or have a stable demand pattern.
4.7.4 Control and Monitoring of an NCC
Due to the very nature of an NCC, monitoring by the authority can become difficult, especially when
services are spread across expansive city areas. Inspections of the services provided can become difficult
if the authority doesn’t have the personnel for inspections or for supervision of third party inspectors.
A realistic approach would be to monitor passenger service outcomes through passenger feedback via
complaints, suggestions, etc. Any evident safety issues should also be quickly investigated and remedied.
4.8 SALIENT FEATURES OF HYBRID NCC
Hybrid NCC is essentially the same as an NCC except that the authority may provide financial support by
undertaking the revenue risk for certain non-commercial and unprofitable routes, on which the authorities
require buses. The financial support is a financial supplement in addition to fare box revenue retained by
the operator. Typical examples of the model include routes in newly developing areas where patronage is
limited and where car ownership needs to be discouraged. Another example could also include maintaining
general service frequency in non-peak periods as a social service.
A Hybrid NCC may be viewed as a strategy to make NCC more attractive to operators and reduce operator
risk while limiting the authority’s exposure to the full revenue risk.
4.8.1 The management capacity of the authority
A Hybrid NCC requires a higher level of involvement by the authority (as against NCC model) in service
planning as the model involves financial support on selected non-commercial routes. The model also has
an indirect benefit of creating conditions that facilitate closer partnership between the authority and the
operator, and fosters greater understanding towards joint effort in service delivery. These benefits are in
contrast to a pure NCC where there is often controversy around the authority making the rules leaving the
operator to manage the risks.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 63
4.8.2 Operator input into service development
In routes where the operator takes full revenue risk, it will take full responsibility for service enhancement,
and has the incentive to operate efficiently. Although the fleet deployment plan may be set by the authority,
the operator can submit a plan that is more demand responsive.
For routes where services are non-commercial e.g. late night services, the city authority is providing
compensation and thus the operator has limited incentive to increase efficiency by reducing the kilometres
of operations since it is the basis for payment.
4.8.3 Access to finance
The Hybrid NCC reduces the difficulty in accessing finance, as there is some government support for loss-
making routes. However, revenue risk for the majority of the network still exists, and any uncertainty in
passenger demand estimates may affect the finance proposal. Consequently, the access to finance is greater
than NCC but less than GCC and Hybrid GCC.
4.9 SELECTING THE ‘MOST SUITABLE’ CONTRACT TYPE FOR YOUR CITY
After the city has decided to adopt PPP in city bus operation, and based on the understanding of the various
PPP models, the next step is to decide which model is most suitable for the city. The decision framework
provided subsequently is an attempt to quantify qualitative parameters to facilitate an informed decision
for choosing a right contract for a city.
However, it is imperative to note the framework should be adopted as guidance, and not as a prescription.
It is equally important to involve UMTA or the larger permit issuing authority, apart from the contracting
authority, to undertake an unbiased assessment based on the framework.
The various parameters for such an assessment may be broadly classified into three headings: Service Plan
identifying the role of contracting authority vis-à-vis the operators, Financial Capacity that deal with
financing arrangements of contracting agencies for operations, and Institutional Capacity that capture the
ability of contracting authority to manage the contract.
Exhibit 4-6 Contract decision framework parameters
Parameter Definition
Load factor on routes This parameter takes into account the average load factor cumulatively
on all the routes.
Overlap of routes
This parameter pertains to the presence of multiple bus operators in a
city, often leading to deployment of multiple operators on a route or
overlapping of multiple routes.
Authority's control over
service and network plan
The contracting authority’s ability to make changes to the service and
network plan varies with the type of contract.
Integration of different
modes
There may be multiple modes of transport in a city. Integration among
these modes of transport and coordination among the various agencies
responsible for respective mode is important to provide seamless public
transport to users.
Competing Modes Competing modes refer to the presence of multiple modes such as
metros, BRTS, intermediate public transport (IPTs), etc. Higher
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 64
Each of the above parameters may be rated Low, Medium or High based on their relative importance in
contract selection and accordingly assigned a weight.
Rating Weights Score
Low 4% 1
Medium 10% 2
High 18% 3
Each parameter is further scored on a three-point scale (1-3) based on the assessment for that parameter.
For the purpose of illustration, a score of 1 signifies a “Low”, a score of 3 signifies a “High”, and a score
of 2 signifies a “Medium”. For some questions, the answer maybe “Yes” or “No”. For such parameters,
the value will be 0 if the response is “No” and 3 if the response is “Yes”.
number of competing modes lead to a higher score since competition
leads to less load factor on buses. However, as IPTs are prevalent in
every city in India, the minimum score will be one (1).
Fund Allocation for the
entire term of contract
It is important to demonstrate the allocation of funds by the contracting
authority to undertake city bus private operation for the entire term of
the contract, which covers initial financing as well as financing during
the operational period. If the envisaged funds are to be provided by a
government entity other than the contracting authority, approval from
such entity shall also be obtained prior to initiating the bidding.
Provision of dedicated
funding
To provide an additional level of comfort to the operators and their
lenders, it is preferable to provide for dedicated funding arrangements
such as Urban Transport Fund or any other alternative mechanisms to
undertake the project.
Credit Rating
Credit Ratings assess the financial health including debt repayment
ability, ability to recover the cost of services and track record of service
delivery among other things.
This should cover the contracting authority, municipal body or any
other government entity responsible for financing city bus operations,
either in full or part. A higher rated agency is better able to cover its
liabilities.
Creation of SPV Incorporation of SPV that is fully functional to undertake public bus
transport in the city.
Adequacy of Staff for Bus
Transport
Adequate staffing of the contracting authority to undertake the project
for tasks such as contract management, monitoring the project,
technical staff to verify physical conditions at depot, etc. A well-staffed
contracting authority shall have employees for control room functions,
monitoring functions and project administration functions.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 65
Exhibit 4-7 Decision Criteria for Contract Selection
Parameters Description Score Weightage
(%)
Max.
Score
Parameter
Max.
Score
A Service Plan Key questions to answer
before assigning ratings
1 Average load factor What is the average load
factor cumulatively on all
the routes?
18 3 54
Average load
factor below 30%
3
Average load
factor between
30% and 60%
2
Average load
factor more than
60%
1
2 Overlap of routes Are there significant
overlap of routes?
10 3 30
More than 20% 3
Between 10% and
20%
2
Less than 10% 1
No overlap 0
3 Authority's control
over network and
service plan
Should the authority have
more control over
frequency, headway,
selection and modification
of routes? If yes, rate 3 or
else 0
4 3 12
4 Integration of
different modes
Is there a need to achieve
seamless integration
between different modes
(metro, BRTS, water
transport, trains etc.)? If yes,
rate 3 or else 0.
4 3 12
5 Competing Modes Is there significant
competition from other
modes? If only one mode
then give 1 score, two
modes then give 2 score and
three or more modes then
give 3 score.
10 3 30
Metro/Mono rail
IPTs
Any other
B Financial Capacity
1 Fund Allocation for
Project
Has the authority budgeted
money for the entire
duration of the contract? If
yes, rate 3 or else 0.
10 3 30
2 Provision of dedicated
funding
Is there any provision for
funding for the project
18 3 54
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 66
created such as Urban
Transport Fund and/or is
there a resolution from the
Urban Local Body/State
Govt. for funding? If yes,
rate 3 or else 0.
3 Credit Rating What is the credit rating of
the authorities financing the
project?
4 3 12
BBB and above 3
Between B and
BBB
2
Less than B 1
No rating 0
C Institutional Capacity
1 Creation of SPV Is there a SPV created for
this project? If yes rate 3,
else score 0.
4 3 12
2 Adequacy of Staff for
Bus Transport
Are there bus transport
staffs dedicated to
administer and monitor the
project? If yes, rate high or
else low
18 3 54
More than 10
employees
3
Between 5 and 10
employees
2
Between 2 and 5
employees
1
Less than 2
employees
0
Max. Score 300
Exhibit 4-8 Contract Selection Score
Certain factors have inflection points beyond which Gross Cost Contract is more suitable than Net Cost
Contract. A load factor less than 40% is generally not feasible under NCC, and a load factor beyond 60%
is generally feasible under NCC. Similarly, an overlap of routes beyond 25% may incite significant “on
the street” competition thus making NCC not feasible. A significant presence of competing modes running
parallel to city bus is also not conducive for NCC. The total score for all the parameters is used to select a
contract among Net Cost Contract and Gross Cost Contract.
Total Score Contract Type
Equal and Above 210 Gross Cost Contract
Between 150 and 210 Selection depends on inflection points
Below 150 Net Cost Contract
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 67
After selecting a contract between Gross Cost and Net Cost Contract, another decision needs to be taken.
The decision is whether to use the standard contract or its hybrid. The choice between Gross Cost and
Gross Cost Hybrid is driven by the authority’s need to have significant ridership growth and innovation
from the operator in service delivery. This need makes Gross Cost Hybrid a more suitable option. The
choice between Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid is driven by the presence of more than 20% routes with less
than 30% load factor in off-peak hours and less than 60% load factor in peak hours. Standard Net Cost is
generally unviable on these routes so having Net Cost Hybrid is better in these cases.
Once the ‘right’ contract has been identified, cities shall refer to Annexure II to modify and customise the
Model Contract to a city-specific contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 68
5. DEVELOPING PPP CONTRACT PARAMETERS
Once the city has selected a PPP contract type most appropriate for its needs, various other conditions and
parameters need to be decided. The major ones as highlighted in the diagram below are discussed in this
section.
Exhibit 5-1 Addressing Contract Parameters
5.1 RISK IDENTIFICATION AND ALLOCATION
The main tasks in managing and mitigating risks are:
1) To identify them and assess their likely impact (consequence).
2) To conduct an assessment of likelihood (how likely is the occurrence of such an event)
An indicative list of risk in city bus operations is given in Exhibit 5-2.
Exhibit 5-2 Types of Risk in City Bus Operations28
Risk Explanation Consequence
Commissioning Risk Risk that the authority or the operator, or both,
might not receive all approvals needed to provide
the services
Additional Costs
Delayed Service
Revenue Risk Risk which affects the overall profitability or
viability of services, or the level of public subsidy
required to support services
Losses
Reduced revenue
28 Adapted from ADB Toolkit for PPP in Urban Bus Transport
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 69
Procurement Risk Risk that the buses are not delivered on time or as
per specification
Delayed Service
Financial Risk Risk that the project isn’t able to raise debt or
achieve financial closure
Additional Funding
Costs
Delayed Service
Operating Risk Risk that adversely affects the day-to-day
operations
Reduced revenue
Losses
Additional Costs
Performance Risk Risk that the operator is not able to meet
availability and performance standards
Reduced revenue
Losses
Force Majeure Risk Risk that unanticipated acts delay the project or
destroy the assets of the project
Additional Costs
Reduced Revenue
Losses
Change in Law Risk Risk that legal framework of the project will be
affected
Additional Costs
Cost of compliance
with new regulations
Risk assessment can follow set processes that relate to consequence and likelihood as shown in Exhibit 5-3
below, adapted from the Australian Standard, where the risk level increases when a higher consequence
aligns with greater likelihood.
Exhibit 5-3 Degrees of Risk
AS 4360:1999 Qualitative measure of CONSEQUENCE
LEVEL DESCRIPTOR DESCRIPTION
1 Insignificant Little negative impact on system operation or image
2 Minor Affects reliability and convenience of passengers and system
reputation
3 Moderate A compromise on service quality and system credibility
4 Major Major event requiring urgent attention, threatens system integrity
5 Catastrophic Affects total system with massive financial or political impact, or
future of operations
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 70
AS 4360:1999 Qualitative measure of LIKELIHOOD
LEVEL DESCRIPTOR DESCRIPTION
A Almost certain Expected to occur
B Likely Will probably occur during normal circumstances
C Possible Could occur under certain circumstance
D Unlikely Would not be expected to occur under most circumstances
E Rare Could occur under unusual circumstances
Source: Australian Standard AS 4360:1999
Exhibit 5-4 Evaluating Risk
Exhibit 5-4 shows the rating for risk (low to extreme) where there is a progression of greater likelihood
and greater consequence. The numbers inside the boxes indicate individual risks plotted according to the
descriptors of likelihood and severity (please note that this is only an indicative sample). For example,
items which are evaluated to be in A4, A5, B5 are categorised as extreme risks so the focus of contract
design should to mitigate the risks; if that is not possible then the option to discontinue PPP option may be
considered. Revenue risk could be categorised into B4 if there is a high likelihood of a new competing
mode being operational during the contract period reducing the revenue potential for the bus services. The
contract could then include a non-compete clause whereby the authority agrees not to grant permits to the
competing mode or to compensate the operator if there is an adverse impact on revenue because of the
competing mode.
The risks identified also needs to be classified into retained risks (with the authority), transferable risks
(transferable to the operator), and shared risks (shared by both parties). This identification will ultimately
guide the risk allocation which has been briefly covered in Section 2.1.3.2. The risk allocation would then
drive the risk management strategy within the contract, and ensure that each risk is addressed in terms of
contingency measures, management and mitigation responsibility, and can even include provisions to
ensure that both parties agree to work together to resolve such an event if it should occur.
An indicative risk allocation matrix is provided in Exhibit 5-5.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 71
Exhibit 5-5 Risk Allocation Matrix
Risk Risk Allocation
Authority Operator
Commissioning Risk
Revenue Risk
Procurement Risk
Financial Risk
Operating Risk
Performance Risk
Force Majeure Risk
Change in Law Risk
5.2 TRANSITION PLAN
A transition plan is required to be in place to deal with a situation when the contract’s term is completed,
or it is terminated prematurely. In bus contracts, transition plans can be quite complex, specifying the
process to contract commencement.
The decision to incorporate existing directly affected road-based public transport operators in the new
undertaking can help in a smoother transition. This aspect is not considered in bus contracts and comes
under the city authority’s purview. Another consideration in the transition plan is to ensure continuity of
employment. The new entrant could be obliged to employ existing staff at a similar remuneration level.
Also, a transition period during which changes in work practices and staff are permitted only following
approval from the authority could be considered.
The transition plan typically:
includes details of separate mechanisms for dealing with ordinary exit (completion of contract
term) and emergency exit (termination of contract), the provisions relating to emergency exit being
prepared on the assumption that the operator may be unable to provide the full level of assistance
required by the provisions relating to ordinary exit;
includes details of the management structure to be employed during both transfer and termination
of the services for an ordinary exit and an emergency exit;
includes a detailed description of both the transfer and cessation processes, including timetable
applicable for both ordinary or emergency exit;
demonstrates how the bus services will transfer to the successive operator or the authority,
including details of the processes, documentation, systems migration, data transfer, and security;
sets out procedures to deal with requests made by the authority or a successive operator for
information relating to any employees, agents, consultants or contractors of the operator or any
sub-contractor;
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 72
provides a timetable and identifies critical issues for providing the transition.
The authority may ask the operator to submit a Transition Management Plan within a period of 6-8 months
from the commencement of services. The Transition Management Plan shall also include Transition
Services which shall be accorded by the operator in Transition Assistance Period which shall be for a period
after the Termination or Expiry Date of the contract.
5.3 CONTRACT INSTRUMENTS
5.3.1 Payment mechanisms
The payment mechanism in the contract acts as a primary motivator of operator behaviour. For example in
Gross Cost Contracts, payment by kilometres provides no incentive for the operator to cater to demand,
while in Net Cost Contracts the motivation to maximise revenue can lead to aggressive and competitive
behaviour.
If the payment mechanism is misaligned with public service objectives, either the performance will suffer
or the system will fail. The payment mechanism options for each type of contract are discussed in more
detail in the sections detailing the contract types.
User Charges: In an NCC, the private operator is completely dependent on the revenue that it collects
from fares. User charges are often subject to fare controls by the government, and the operator is also
obliged to provide discounts or fare exemptions to special groups. The bankability of the project is affected
if revenues collected by the operator are insufficient to cover operation and investments costs. The
theoretical problem is that the social factors that determine tariff levels bear no relationship to the cost of
operation.
Exhibit 5-6 Revenue Protection in Santiago, Chile
Availability Payment (for the supply of service): Under this payment mechanism, the authority pays the
operator for providing a prescribed level of service (‘availability’ - mostly as a per km value) as defined in
the contract. It separates revenue collection from the cost of operation with authority retaining revenue
risk. Availability payments alone do not provide incentives for the private operator to stimulate service
usage and provide service quality. However, since service availability is largely under the operator’s
control, availability payments do provide strong incentives to comply with availability targets. This
methodology is often used when the authority wishes to control unmanageable risk for the operator while
having its input into levels of service provided.
Usage Payments: It is possible for the authority to pay a ‘per passenger’ fee directly to the operator (or
supplement a discounted fare), where passenger numbers are insufficient to cover costs and increasing
fares is undesirable. Under this method, the operator takes no actual revenue risk but may be incentivised
to increase ridership.
Quality performance payments: These systems complement other payment schemes by providing
incentives to the private operator for meeting quality standards specified in the contract. The quality
performance targets should be measurable and observable at a low cost to avoid any dispute or controversy.
The payment system is according to the number of passengers carried. However, the payment was semi-
guaranteed to reduce operators’ risk. If actual demand differed from reference figure, the operators only
received a drop (or increase) in their income representing 10% of the demand change. A 10% drop in
user charges would only impact operator’s revenue by 1%.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 73
A system of robust deductions for service underperformance and bonuses for performance above the target
level is crucial to ensure that the private operator complies with quality performance targets.29
The theoretical basis for Quality Performance Payments is that higher service levels are willingly provided
only if revenue compensates for the additional costs required for providing quality. As service quality is
not something that can be specified contractually in all dimensions, an economic mechanism built into the
payment system to incentivise the operator to provide efficient and high-quality service is useful. Quality
aspects could include aspects like timeliness of service and avoidance of missed trips, customer satisfaction
indices, low accident rates, etc. London Transport extensively uses these payment mechanisms.
Third Party and Secondary revenues: The private operator may be granted the permission to collect
secondary revenues from third parties by making available a part of bus transport facility to them, whenever
such permission does not adversely hamper the provision of bus service. An example is leasing space for
advertisements on buses, depots, terminals, or bus stops.
5.3.2 Control and monitoring
It is imperative to put an efficient performance monitoring system in place to uphold the incentive
structures underlying output specifications and risk allocations. Performance targets should be designed so
they can be monitored effectively at the least cost. Benchmarking emerges as an effective tool to compare
the operator’s service provision with standards set by other bus transport providers. The authority may also
delegate or outsource the task of monitoring to an external organisation, with the payment to that
organisation being linked to the failures reported and verified. Self-monitoring by the authority may be
possible by administering random audit checks on the operator.
5.3.3 Penalty regime and sanctions for poor performance
While economic incentives promote better performance, financial penalties and payment deductions deter
service failures. Damages and performance security is used if the private operator terminates the contract
or fails to commence service. These contract safeguards may incentivise the operator to invest and perform
as per the ‘agreed upon’ standards. Sanctions may be especially useful when the authority is in a weak
bargaining position once the contract has started, because of the need to deliver bus services. The amount
of damages or penalties should be specified in the bidding documents so that the operators can price the
risk of incurring such charges. In such cases, the city authority may impose penalties according to the list
of infractions. The parties should decide on the penalty for each level of non-compliance or service failure.
It is important that the level of penalty is commensurate with the severity of the event. Penalties can be
deducted from the next scheduled payment to the operator or demanded from the operator as the case
maybe.
A detailed list of infractions and applicable penalties has been provided in Annexure XII. These are only
indicative, and the authority may modify as it deems fit.
5.3.3.1 Capacity to monitor
The effectiveness of a penalty system relies primarily on the ability and capacity of the authority to carry
out sufficient monitoring and fair administration of these sanctions. This capacity requires explicit clauses
in the contract and sanctions that are commensurate with the severity of the event.
5.3.3.2 Application of penalties
Penalties are generally applied for service failures, i.e., not complying with specifications, such as missed
trips, contravening a set rule or procedure; or for not maintaining quality standards. It serves to give
operators an economic incentive to comply. In a well-designed regime, penalties make unscrupulous
29 Good Governance in Public-Private Partnerships: A Resource Guide for Practitioners (2009). The World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 74
behaviour prohibitive for an operator. When operators have no economic incentive for customer service
(for example, by being paid for the supply of kilometres), the contract will need to rely more heavily on
sanctions and rewards to enforce performance and quality.
There are several aspects of a penalty regime that need attention, including the following:
1. The exact service obligations need to be well-defined: While some service obligations are
straightforward (e.g. trip frequencies) others might be vague, such as customer service behaviour.
2. Penalties are an efficient tool only where there is a capacity to monitor: While payment systems
have built-in incentives, the penalty regime relies on monitoring and enforcement which is often
costly and difficult to manage. Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS) such as vehicle tracking can
help but require a strong and effective authority that can continuously monitor and enforce the
contract. Penalties must be enforceable, practical and realistic. Draconian penalties that place
excessive burdens on the operator; or contract termination conditions that the authority will find
difficult to enforce are unrealistic and impractical as a tool to improve performance.
It is evident that contracts must apply the correct balance of built-in incentives in the payment mechanism
and appropriate penalties to strike the correct balance for managing the contract.
5.3.4 Adjustments for variation in operations
It is important that mechanisms for handling variation in operational conditions or parameters are provided
within contracts.
In an NCC, the authority may require the operator to add new buses to increase the fleet if overloading
occurs. At the same time, the authority may want to change the fleet deployment plan or add new routes to
manage demand.
In a GCC, the contract needs to contain certain conditions that enable proper actions to address variances
in demand. These would include:
Flexibility to assign vehicles across the network
Where the network is managed by a single authority, the bus contracts should allow the authority to assign
vehicles across the routes to optimise capacity.
Adjusting fleet size to meet travel demand
Since overall passenger traffic can vary throughout the period of the contract, there need to be mechanisms
within the contract to adjust services and fleet strength accordingly. For this to be managed, there needs to
be a proper formula and process to vary fleet size with a mechanism to reimburse the operator for the
additional investment, and in cases of a declining fleet requirement, to protect the operator by supporting
financial commitments they may have incurred in relation to the fleet. The contract needs to include a
rational method for fleet expansion in the contract. For example, one can define a maximum load factor
(LF) above which operators will have to increase fleet size proportionately. For illustration, if moving
average LF calculated over the previous quarter goes beyond 10% of the defined maximum limit for peak
hour LF of 100% or day-long LF of 85%, operators may be asked to increase the fleet size or supply
capacity in proportion to increased LF. The authority needs to make suitable provisions for dealing with
such requirements.
Network expansion
A situation may arise where new routes emerge due to spatial growth in the city. In such cases, enabling
provision needs to be made and flexibility rendered in assigning buses to new or modified routes to
accommodate this eventuality. Extending or altering existing routes of an operator may be an option with
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 75
commensurate cost adjustments. However, if a new route emerges, the authority needs to decide whether
to add it to an existing contract or tender the additional route as a new contract.
Competition in the market affecting contract viability
While the contracted operator may have a level of exclusivity for a route or an area, there may be an
increase in intermediate public transport (IPT) modes, such as autos and rickshaws that compete for
passengers. Although city authorities cannot limit market competition contractually, they can, however,
take steps to abolish illegally operating IPTs.
5.3.5 Contract flexibility
While the contract design should be flexible, the flexibility should be limited to change in scope.
Anticipated changes such as varying demand may be managed within the contract mechanisms. In the case
of unanticipated changes, a change protocol may be included that spells the process through which any
contractual change is initiated, reviewed and approved. Contract flexibility is easier to manage if there is a
good sense of partnership between the authority and the operator(s), and respect for mutual objectives and
benefits.
5.3.6 Contract terms for safety assurance
Safety is an important element in the delivery of a contract and is a key aspect of the performance
monitoring framework. The contract must set conditions and specifications to ensure that safety is an
integral part of the system through proposed safety procedures, guidelines, specifications, programs and
reporting systems. It is assumed that the safety element is provided for in national or state guidelines on
fleet specifications (Automotive Industry Standards 052). Work practices (particularly driving practice)
and fleet specifications feature highly in the aspect of safe practice and conditions. The passenger safety is
also an important aspect of service quality and is crucial for winning passengers to the use the system.
Harassment, assault and pickpocketing are all safety issues that the system must be able to monitor.
5.3.7 Conditions Precedent
The conditions precedents are the items and obligations the respective parties must fulfil prior to the
contract coming into effect. These typically have a material impact on the effectiveness of the contract and
could include necessary permissions, availability of facilities, necessary preparation, etc. The contract must
include penalties if condition precedents are not met. For example some of the conditions precedents could
be:
1) For the authority:
Hand over bus depot facilities/relevant permissions within [XXX] days of the signing of
the contract
2) For the Private operator
Sign the agreement within [XXX] days of acceptance of the letter of award
Submit a performance guarantee equivalent to Rs [XXX] in the form of a bank guarantee
Certify that all representations and warranties are true and correct
Deliver the initial lot of buses according to the bus delivery schedule
If either party is unable to fulfil the conditions precedent, there is a provision to extend the period to fulfil
conditions precedent. But the party failing to achieve conditions precedent is liable to a penalty. Further, if
the party is not able to fulfil the conditions precedent even within the extended period, the other party has
the right to terminate the contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 76
5.3.8 Dispute resolution mechanism
In tightly constructed contracts, dispute resolution processes are usually specified in detail. In more loosely
constructed concession contracts, dispute resolution is vague and much will depend on a good working
relationship between the parties. It is valuable in all types of contracts to specify how disputes will be
handled and a methodology outlined so that disagreements can be aired and resolved. Similarly, a
mechanism for resolution of the grievances raised by any stakeholder of PT system (including passengers)
should be developed. A timeline for resolution of grievance must be agreed upon.
5.4 FLEET SELECTION AND PROCUREMENT
5.4.1 Fleet specifications and bus type
The decisions on the type of fleet selected and the party responsible for procurement are major issues in
the bus contract. These decisions will depend on the type of contract adopted, as well as the operating
environment.
Generally, when the private operator takes the greater operational risks, they would want a greater input
into fleet decisions and retain investment and ownership responsibilities. However, it is within the realm
of the authority’s mandate to specify characteristics and specifications of the fleet to meet public service
objectives and ensure efficiency in the city bus fleet.
For general information about fleet selection, PPIAF/World Bank Urban Bus Toolkit and technical
specifications of buses issued by Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India30 may be referred
to.
Annexure V outlines the demarcation of responsibilities pertaining to bus fleet.
Factors that influence fleet selection would include:
1. Type of buses (ordinary/semi deluxe/deluxe/super deluxe/low floor/semi low floor/high floor)
suitable to service design and passenger expectations (air-conditioning, seat-layout etc.)
2. Capacity of buses (micro/mini/standard/double decker/articulated) to operate efficiently in
managing the demand and service requirements. When a large number of passengers need to be
carried, the most efficient and economic vehicle is the largest one. For medium to low passenger
volumes, smaller size vehicles may be more suitable to maintain a higher frequency of service and
bus occupancy.
30 Recommendatory Urban Bus Specifications – II issued in April 2013
Availability of fleet
Manufacturer support
O&M cost considerations
Efficiency related to service design
Service life
Road characteristics
Financial capability
Fleet image
Selection of fleet
Passenger and Safety Features
Exhibit 5-7 Factors in selection of fleet
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 77
3. Emission compliance to meet applicable emission rules specified by Central Pollution Control
Board.
4. Design characteristics such as length and size of buses, seating layouts and door dimensions to
suit operating conditions and service types such as kerb side operation or median BRTS, and within
the Code of Practice for bus body design and approvals (Automotive Industry Standards 052).
5. Technical and engineering specifications such as engine propulsion (e.g. CNG, LPG, diesel,
etc.), emission compliance, transmission type, suspension, ITS, and bus internal arrangements, etc.
Supply issues, availability, and manufacturers’ support are also important considerations.
6. Fleet renewal policies including bus life limitations, bus scrapping norms and programs to support
new fleet acquisition.
7. Fleet size per operator: Generally, an operator should have a fleet size that is large enough to be
economically viable (providing some economy of scale), suitable to its investment capacity (if the
operator is buying buses) and in context of the facilities it manages to park and maintain the fleet.
However, there are further implications on fleet selection and procurement; such as the cost of operation,
reliability/reputation, the cost of repair and maintenance, manufacturers’ after sales support, etc. While
the authority should have the mandate to draft general specifications for the fleet, the details of specification
should be sufficiently broad enough to allow operators to bring their on-ground experience into the play
and manage issues that affect their operations.
5.4.2 Compliance with Environmental Standards
Acquisition of new buses also provides an opportunity to introduce cleaner and more efficient vehicles. In
addition to complying with the governing legislation, the contract must define its minimum environmental/
emission thresholds or standards. Generally, the following must be considered in assessing the
environmental quality of the system:
Emission levels;
Fuel quality, type and propulsion system;
Levels of interior and exterior noise;
Ventilation and temperature standards.
Exhibit 5-8 Frankfurt/M. (D): Tendering of bus route bundle contracts with environmental incentives
TraffiQ, the organising authority responsible for local public transport services within the city of
Frankfurt, tendered a 6-year Gross Cost Contract with environmental incentives for a sub-network (3.3
million timetable-km/year) in 2006. One main policy aim within the tendering procedures was the
reduction of air pollution by demanding high anti-pollution standards to fulfil the European anti-
pollution regime. The operator of this bundle now uses vehicles already fulfilling the EEV-standards for
gas emission.
While the authority may stipulate overall emissions standards, it is unwise to outright mandate fuel type,
as this has a large impact on operating risk. Before specifying a fuel choice, a careful analysis is required,
as this decision can have long lasting impact on system viability and service quality. Sometimes, cheaper
alternatives are costlier over the long term, and even the environmental benefit claims may not hold true.
For example, Jakarta’s TransJakarta system found that buses using CNG31 could not complete a full daily
31 Natural gas is a mixture of hydrocarbons, mainly methane (CH4) stored on-board the vehicle in a compressed state (CNG) using
high pressure cylinders.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 78
shift without service interruption to refuel. Moreover, the scarce and distant commercial fuelling stations
negatively impacted the system efficiency. As a result, additional fleets were required to meet service
requirements.
Diesel engines have been traditionally used for bus systems as it is a robust technology and is becoming
more technically sophisticated to meet clean emission standards. Modern Euro 4 or 5 diesel engines require
low sulphur fuel (less than 50ppm sulphur content32) and can be regarded as ‘clean’ technology, equal to a
CNG engine. However, diesel fuels are a non-renewable resource, (as is CNG) and will become
increasingly expensive. The risk of energy price and security in the future is a major consideration for any
transport system.
CNG is widely promoted as a ‘green fuel’ but its environmental credentials are being questioned, due to
the issue of methane leakage, leading a World Resource Institute report33 to claim that “where there is
more than 1% leakage – no matter how efficient the vehicle is at the tail end - natural gas is more polluting
than diesel.”
Furthermore, CNG has a number of limitations, such as:
Although accepted as clean burning, CNG engines use spark ignition engines and require more
maintenance to keep engines performing at high efficiency. California Air Resource Board,
researching diesel and CNG buses ‘in-service’ concluded that while CNG was marginally better
in most cases, results varied according to the type of service the bus operated34 and CNG
delivered a less consistent result.
CNG emissions also rely on fuel quality. While diesel fuels are highly processed, the content
of Natural Gas may vary depending on source giving varying emission results35.
Technical considerations must be taken into account36, such as limited on-bus storage capacity requiring
additional fuelling breaks, risk of gas explosions (Jakarta, Brisbane) and higher cost of fuel dispensing
equipment. Inefficiency also includes extra vehicle weight to carry large CNG cylinders, requiring added
vehicle strength and consequently resulting in a heavier vehicle. CNG also has a lower fuel efficiency as
it contains less energy than an equivalent amount of diesel (15 - 20% less). While CNG has a price
advantage (per litre), it is offset by higher initial bus cost and a much higher cost of CNG refilling stations.
Another technology alternative that is becoming increasingly popular is hybrid technology engine. Hybrid-
electric vehicles (HEVs) combine the benefits of gasoline engines and electric motors and can be
configured to obtain different objectives, such as improved fuel economy, increased power, or additional
auxiliary power for electronic devices and power tools. Hybrids use conventional fuel and a battery driven
motor which captures energy otherwise lost during braking and decelerating. For example, the Volvo 7900
Hybrid series of hybrid bus model saves up to 37% of fuel cost and claims to lower exhaust emissions by
40 – 50 %. Tata Hybrid Star buses (CNG-electric hybrid buses) offer a substantial improvement in fuel
32 http://www.shell.com.sg/home/content/sgp/products_services/on_the_road/fuels/shell_diesel/faq/
33 Bradbury, J., Obeiter, M., Draucker, L. Stevens, A., Wang, W. (2013) Clearing the Air. Reducing Upstream Greenhouse Gas Emissions from U.S. Natural Gas Systems . World Resources Institute. Source: http://www.wri.org/publication/clearing-air. Accessed: 30/11/2013
34 Holmén, B., Ayala, A., Kado, N., Okamoto, R. (2001) ARB’s Study of Emissions from “Late-model” Diesel and CNG Heavy-duty Transit Buses: Preliminary Nanoparticle Measurement Result. Source: California Air Research Board: Source: http://www.arb.ca.gov/research/veh-emissions/cng-diesel/eth-zurich-2001-ayala1.pdf Accessed 30/11/2013. Accessed 30/11/2013
35 Wong. W.L. (2005) Compressed Natural Gas as an Alternative Fuel in Diesel Engines. (Research Paper) Source: http://www.cleanairnet.org/infopool/1411/propertyvalue-17753.html. Accessed 30/11/2013
36 When CNG buses were introduced in Brisbane Australia, the lack of gas fitting technicians presented an unexpected problem as well as the heavy gas tanks roof mounted on a low floor bus caused excessive body roll.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 79
economy compared to conventional buses. Currently in India, Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit
System (DIMTS) and Mumbai BEST use diesel-hybrid electric buses.
This discussion is not to advocate one fuel choice over another, but to highlight the fact that fuel choice
has wide-ranging impacts on the operation of a contract and the bus service. This discussion also
emphasises the need for some flexibility in the choice of propulsion and consulting with the operator in
making this choice. However, overall parameters for emissions can be set by the authority without
mandating a particular fuel option.
Other environmental issues include:
Noise levels: Acceptable noise levels must be specified within the bus procurement specifications.
Excessively loud vehicles are a health hazard and a detriment to the image of the public transport service.
Steps must be taken to phase out older buses and encourage noise dampening devices on buses.
Other waste products: Bus operations will generate a variety of liquid and solid waste. Waste oil, other
lubricants and solvents should be recycled or disposed of in an approved manner. Liquid waste that is not
properly treated can endanger water supplies. Solid waste such as worn out tyres should also be disposed
in a safe manner. Concession operators must follow waste-disposal procedures stipulated in the
agreements. In some cases, depots may also have an infrastructure to facilitate recycling and proper
disposal of waste.
It should be noted that the improved business model in a bus contract should allow the purchase of a new
fleet, and this in itself is the best mandate for improving the clean credentials of the fleet. A sound business
model that can afford new buses is a powerful instrument to remove old polluting buses.
5.4.3 Responsibility for fleet procurement
A number of practical issues affect the decision of who procures the fleet, as illustrated below.
Exhibit 5-9 Decision framework for fleet procurement
1) Purchase and ownership by the authority
The authority is often in a better position to buy the fleet. The authority may avail government funds to
buy buses or may have the financial capacity to buy the fleet. Also, it may prefer to own the buses and
depots to ensure that it is not captive to the contractor. Specific risk issues such as insurance and operators’
obligations need to be assessed.
The concern of operator not maintaining buses might be an overstated risk. The vehicles must meet the
performance standards specified in the contract thus the operator has an incentive to maintain the bus. Poor
maintenance results in breakdowns, poor bus condition and service unreliability affecting the operator’s
earning potential both in Net Cost Contract and Gross Cost Contract.
FLEET MAINTENANCE
AFTER SALES SERVICE
TYPE OF CONTRACTUAL STRUCTURE
FINANCIAL CAPACITY AND/OR GRANTS
DECISION ON
WHO
SHOULD
PROCURE
FLEET
Procurement of fleet
TIME CONSTRAINTS
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 80
A major issue in authority owning the bus is in after sales service. The bus manufacturer or supplier's
primary customer is the authority causing the supplier to ignore the operator’s needs during after sales
service, and not rectify service issues that arise. The solution lies in the formation of a tripartite contract
with bus suppliers to place contractual obligations on them for after-sales support.
In a BRTS system, there is a definite construction time and anticipated start date. In this situation, it may
be worthwhile for the authority to order the fleet to allow for the necessary ‘lead time’ for supply, especially
if contract negotiations with operators could cause delay. As buses are delivered in around 10-12 months
from the date of order, the authority may procure and finance the buses and later transfer ownership (and
financial obligations) to contracted operator to reduce the lead time.
PROS:
Lower investment risk so the private operators can focus only on operations and
maintenance of the project.
More bidders will participate in the bidding process which allows the authority a wider
choice of operators.
Easier to terminate a failing private operator if it does not own the fleet.
Avoids delays in fleet delivery when aligning with system inauguration deadlines.
CONS:
The authority will have to bear the entire capital cost on its own or through loan or grant.
The authority may lack skill in specifying the fleet.
Lack of after sales support for operators.
Authority needs to set and monitor maintenance obligations.
Ownership/operations issues have insurance implications – may cause a delay in
responding to claims.
CONSIDERATIONS:
The authority, where possible, should consult the operators when developing fleet
specifications.
2) Purchase and ownership by private operator
In many cases, the city authority prefers fleet acquisition by the operator and save themselves from the
financial burden and procurement processes. The bus operators are often assumed to be in best position to
make fleet decisions as the operation and maintenance of the fleet is their responsibility. There is a strong
case supporting this view, although the authority is still able to stipulate fleet specifications as they relate
to passenger service and quality.
In a Gross Cost Contract, it is feasible for either the authority or the operator to buy the fleet; however, the
advantage for the authority to be the fleet owner is that it is not captive to the operator, and can more easily
terminate a poorly performing operator.
In a Net Cost Contract, it is unusual for the authority to own the fleet, but the authority may offer some
financial incentives to assist operators to invest in the fleet. A common incentive is the ‘interest subsidy’
that compensates operators for the cost of finance. One-off payments for fleet purchases tend to be
unsuccessful as operators often arrange for the fleet cost to be inflated to exploit the subsidy, and do not
operate for long as they struggle with operational losses.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 81
PROS:
The authority carries no financial burden for the fleet.
Bus operators can select their preferred type, model and specifications (generally under
broad specifications set by the authority) and have a stake in the fleet (more care).
Generally faster procurement by the operator.
Able to hold bus manufacturers directly accountable for after-sales support.
CONS:
Limits contract bidding to operators with sufficient financial capacity.
Authority is captive to the operators in case of severe contract conflict or termination.
CONSIDERATION:
Fleet ownership by any party is less of an issue if a good contract relationship exists.
Exhibit 5-10 Responsibility for fleet procurement
By the city authority By the operator
Authority is in a financially stronger better
position than the operator
Authority can avail government funded
schemes (funding from operator if needed)
GCC: Preferably, procurement by authority
so that it is not captive to the operator
Operator is in a financially stronger position
than the authority
NCC: Preferably, procurement by operator so
that it maintains the buses properly (with
financial assistance by authority if needed)
3) Authority owns buses and investment is shared by private operator
In a number of Indian cities, a more peculiar bus procurement model has evolved due to the JnNURM
scheme. In the JnNURM scheme, the central government provided a grant up to 50% of bus procurement
cost. The state government provided 20%, while the city provided the balance 30% amount. Some cities
have transferred this 30% cost to the private operator. Typically the scheme allows operators to raise
finance using the bus as security up to 30% of the value of the bus.
The validity of such a scheme is entirely reliant on whether operators find it attractive, as they are financing
30% of the fleet that they do not own, as the authority has the ownership by having majority investment in
the fleet. However, in the larger picture of a business opportunity, operators may find this preferable to
bearing the entire cost of the fleet on their own (and the cost of the bus share is reimbursed in earnings).
5.5 LENGTH OF CONTRACT
During the review of bus contracts both in India and internationally, it was evident that contract length
varied greatly, being based on a range of uncertain factors and often on what policymakers considered the
norm.
Life of the bus fleet is a predominant factor under an assumption that the operator would buy a new fleet
at contract commencement and would not need to replace vehicles during the contract term. It is advisable
to ensure that authority should decide upon the length of the contract most suitable to its objectives and
requirements, though the choice may be determined by local circumstances, such as availability of bidders,
costs, and favourable investment horizon. The issues are highlighted in Exhibit 5-11.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 82
5.5.1 Deciding on long term vs. short term contracts
In deciding the length of the contract, the city authority needs to weigh factors such as competitiveness and
cost effectiveness, balanced against practical issues such as service continuity, disruption, and operator’s
behaviour driven by contract conditions.
The ideal duration of a contract is indeterminate but needs to consider a period that is long enough for the
operator to cover investment costs and make a fair return, and also to provide service consistency in the
bus operations. Changing an operator too often or unnecessarily (i.e. without gaining clear benefits) can be
disruptive and incur unnecessary costs. However, at the same time, too long a contract can make the
contractor lethargic in performance. Where contracts are shorter, operators may not see a value or may be
unwilling to invest for long term gains, especially if they contribute to service planning. The contract in
Bogota, Colombia aims to balance this by having contract length linked to vehicle mileage. A higher
mileage every year leads to a shorter contract while smaller mileage allows for longer contracts giving the
private operator time to recoup its investment.
Exhibit 5-12 Contract Length in Bogota, Colombia
Continuity of employment is also a factor that needs attention when contracts often change. The new
entrant could be obliged to employ existing staff at a similar remuneration level. Also, a transition period
during which changes in work practices and staff are permitted only following approval from the
authority could be required.
A disadvantage of long-term contracts is that over time, conditions can change to such an extent that the
initial contract may become outdated and less relevant to changing circumstances.
Use of a Mid-Point Review
A good way to balance short term and long term considerations is by creating a mid-point at which key
contract elements such as subsidy support, fare levels, obligations, etc., are re-negotiated. Alternatively,
the contract can be made for a medium term with a renewal or extension for good performance. Key
The term of contract for Transmilenio in Bogota (Colombia) depends on the time the operator takes to
recoup its investment. The regular operation period of the contract is between the start of regular
operation as determined by Transmilenio S.A. and the time at which average mileage of fleet usage
reaches 850,000 kilometres.
Level of disruption vs
benefits
Short term
objectives
Mid-point review Long term
investment horizon
Long term
commitment
Opportunity for
fleet upgrade
Level of bidder
interest
Exhibit 5-11 Challenges faced in deciding contract duration
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 83
elements of the contract may, however, be renegotiated. This practice provides a mix of the benefits of
longevity and adaptability.
Impact of asset life on contract length
A traditional approach for the length of the contract term is to align it with the asset life of the vehicle. This
approach may be useful when a large fleet is purchased for a set purpose (such as BRTS), and contract
renewal is scheduled to occur at the same time when the fleet expires. But for many operations, fleets are
changeable, and buses are added to the fleet over time, leading to no common fleet expiration date, and
thus negating the need to tie the contract term to bus life. Bus life is also indeterminate in that some buses
are expected to last seven years, while a well-maintained and higher quality fleet could last ten years or
more. These situations present difficulty in developing efficient contracts when they are based on fleet life.
Additionally, when a contract changes hands, rules need to be established in the contract to manage the
changeover fleet. The existing operator may dispose fleet over a certain age, and a new operator may be
obliged to purchase the fleet below a certain age threshold.
Impact of infrastructure investment on contract length
The ownership of a depot is also an important factor impacting contract length. If an operator provides a
depot facility and incurs substantial investment, it will expect a contract term worthy of such an investment.
The contract termination in such a case needs to be clearly defined, along with the conditions for an
incoming operator. It needs to be specified in the contract whether the incumbent would be forced to sell
the depot to the city authority or incoming operator. Additionally, the contracts need to capture the depot
selling price, if applicable. The contract should be well defined in this respect, leaving no space for
ambiguity if such a situation should arise.
Exhibit 5-13 Pros and cons of short duration contracts
Pros Cons
Shorter contracts provide an opportunity to
test market prices frequently, to inject new
blood and renew the fleet and technology
Short contracts are costly, disruptive, as
operators change often, and may not deliver
the anticipated benefits
Short term contracts are less attractive from
operators’ perspective and may result in few
bidders
Private operators remain motivated to
maintain high standards of performance and
maintain the fleet at the end period of the
contract
The attitude of contractors to building the
business may deteriorate if they do not see
themselves secure as long-term operators
Increases competition and the authority may
re-tender the project frequently to get the
best price
The value for money or lifecycle cost may not
meet the expectations of the authority. Price
benefits may be marginal and not worth the
disruption
Short contract is not suited where an operator
is required to invest in infrastructure
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 84
5.5.2 Considerations for a short term contract (<5yrs)
Short term contracts have an extremely limited scope and few benefits unless they are used in special
circumstance as an interim service provision, with longer term prospects (or that sufficient rewards are
available for a short term operator). A short duration contract could be up to five years, which may be less
than the life of the fleet, but in this case, the fleet investment is better managed by the authority. Short
duration contacts are also useful if the authority intends to test the model with a pilot project to test demand
response and evaluate contract performance or the authority owns a fleet that is part-way through its
working life and seeks an operator for the balance period. Based on the response and feedback, the authority
may decide to extend the contract duration.
5.5.3 Considerations for a medium – long term contract (5-10+ years)
Medium term contracts suffer from same issues as the short term contracts, though the benefits increase
with the extension of time periods. Any requirement for an operator to invest in large infrastructure (depots,
terminals or stations) will require a longer contract to align with life-cycle costs.
Longer terms are more likely to align with asset life (fleet). Furthermore, operators may operate buses for
longer, thus, necessitating good maintenance and monitoring of fleet condition. It also allows fleet renewal
during the contract and the freedom for the operator to introduce a fleet upgrade without necessarily being
bound by the contract term.
Longer duration contracts make it worthwhile for private operators to invest in the fleet. If the contract
expires before the end of fleet life, the fleet can be sold at the market price though this may be a challenge
if the buses are designed for specific purpose like BRTS. In this case, the new operator would be obliged
to take over the vehicle, paying the market price or a pre-agreed rate.
Long term contracts may elicit interest from more bidders as they offer continued business and longer
investment horizons.
Exhibit 5-14 Length of contract depending on contract type
Investment making Party/
Type of Contract GCC NCC
Operator
Short term: there should be a
provision of transferring
ownership to the authority at the
end of contract.
Long term contract or period
should be equivalent to asset
life (if defined)
Authority
Short term contract with a
provision for extension based on
performance
Long term contract or period
should be equivalent to asset
life (if defined)
5.5.4 Methodology for contract extension
Each method listed below seeks to ensure that the capital and maintenance investment will be appropriate
and that service quality will be consistent throughout and between concessions.
Automatic renewal: In some agreements, the concession period is extended automatically
if a concessionaire’s performance has been acceptable. This ensures that the company has
an appropriate investment horizon and re-tendering costs for both parties are eliminated.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 85
Existing concessionaire negotiates a roll-over: This allows the authority to maintain
continuity of service and force a concessionaire to be efficient. It avoids the re-tendering
process, which may be costly, though the authority should be aware that renegotiation is
resource intensive. Also, the absence of competition removes the concessionaire’s
incentive to reveal its true valuation of the concession.
Existing concessionaire is bought out: The conditions for such a transfer are specified in
the agreement, for example, a government pays a concessionaire for the un-depreciated
assets at the end of a concession.
Re-bidding: If incumbents are unsuccessful, they receive the value of their bids from the
successful bidder’s offer. The government receives the portion of the successful bid which
is not paid to the incumbent. The government, therefore, does not have to buy the
concessionaire out and the market sets the value of the concession.
5.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
Successful bus operations and contract viability are mostly reliant on key infrastructure facilities and bus
priority infrastructure like part-time or full-time bus lanes, stations, bus stops, bus terminals, passenger
information systems, bus depots with maintenance bays and overnight parking facilities, and bus terminals.
These facilities not only impact passengers’ comfort and the perception of public transport but also result
in tangible benefits regarding increased bus speed and reliability.
The following sections discuss each of these components and who should be responsible for their
construction, operations and maintenance. Although some alternative scenarios have been discussed, it is
advisable that responsibility for planning, designing and construction of bus infrastructure should remain
with authority.
Annexure VI outlines the responsibility allocation for infrastructure planning.
5.6.1 Bus depot facilities
All bus contracts require the facilities of a bus depot to manage the
functions of parking, fleet repair and scheduled maintenance, fuelling,
washing and cleaning administration, and management of operations,
etc. The depot houses administrative workshops, and control centre
facilities and equipment.
Planning of bus depots and their locations is closely linked to travel
demand and fleet assignments around the route network. A suitable
depot location is one that minimises ‘dead mileage’ to the start and end
of routes and is sized appropriately. However, a fundamental problem
with availability of depots is the cost of land. This forces the depots to
be often located at city outskirts owing to cheaper land and proximity
to bus initiation and termination points. Cities with traffic congestion,
or dead mileage, may consider a number of small sub-depots that
handle parking and driver sign on/off functions. In this model, main
depots centrally manage core functions of repair and maintenance. In some cases, multiple operators may
need to share a depot which may require an independent depot management facility. However, it is
preferable to have enough depots so that each operator controls its maintenance and parking facilities. Most
private operators, if they own the buses, like to have control over their depot so that they can take
responsibility for the security, maintenance, and repair of their buses.
Number of
depots
Size
Number of operators
Travel demand
Facilities
Exhibit 5-15 Factors affecting
number of depots
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 86
The size of the depot depends on the amount of vehicle parking needed and the number of vehicles likely
to need repairs. Once location, size and number of depots are decided, various activities including
acquisition of land, preparation of depot layouts, building designs, construction, provisioning of utilities,
and commissioning follow besides planning for tools, fixtures, plant and equipment - type, quantities,
specifications in each case and their acquisition.
The entire value chain of the bus depot planning and requirement assessment is shown in Exhibit 5-16.
Establishing bus depots involves land acquisition, requires high capital investment and has a life span much
longer than that of movable assets like buses, so it is advisable that ownership of bus depots remains with
authority. This is especially valid for Gross Cost Contracts, where the authority may change the operator
at regular intervals. Leasing the depot to the operator will ensure that the authority is not captive to the
operator who holds strategic depot sites. It also makes it easier for the authority to dismiss a failing operator
and terminate the contract.
Exhibit 5-16 Planning for bus depot facilities
In the case of a concession where the contract term could be much longer (even to the point of a quasi-
permanent concession), it is feasible for the private operator to own the bus depot. While it may require a
huge amount of investment by the private operator, the investment horizon is sufficient and allows the
operator to be in control of its situation. Nevertheless, given that the authority may have access to good
depot locations and available sites, there is nothing to prevent the operator to lease a city-owned depot site.
Maintenance of depots, its utilities etc. may either be undertaken by authority or by the operator depending
upon the decisions by the authority. If authority hands over the depot to a private operator (PO) for
operations and maintenance, the operator may be required to undertake repair and maintenance of depot
under a suitable agreement - detailing out duties, rights and obligations of both parties. In the case of
multiple operators, it may be preferable to utilise services of a third party to manage the bus depot to avoid
conflict between multiple operators particularly in sharing of resources.
Though the title of land and ownership of depots remain with authority, liability towards taxes, insurance
for depot property, legal implications and compensation for accidents, etc. at the site should be clearly
defined by the authority. This definition is especially important, particularly when depot is handed over to
a private operator. Further, as legal cases may get settled long after completion of a contract with a private
Construction of Bus Depots
Authority: If GCC, as authority should not be captive to operator Operator: if the authority is not financially capable, in NCC (with assistance from
authority, only if contract length is long)
Exhibit 5-17 Responsibility for construction of bus depots
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 87
operator, suitable mechanisms must be incorporated in contracts to protect the authority against all
liabilities arising out of finalisation of legal proceedings.
While the authority may specify requirements for plant and equipment, the actual acquisition, ownership,
investment, etc. may depend on the type of equipment, its serviceable life, and the operational arrangement,
i.e., in-house by the authority and or by the private operator. While major, heavy duty, costly and long life
equipment may be owned and acquired by the authority, movable plant and equipment like hand tools,
fixtures, gauges, measuring instruments, small and low life equipment may be procured, owned and
maintained by the private operator. Equipment acquired by the authority may be handed over to the private
operator for operation, maintenance and returned to the authority in a predefined state on completion of the
contract term.
5.6.2 Use of Intelligent Transport System (ITS) for contract management
ITS helps authorities and operators control and monitor the system to improve services and the reliability
and efficiency of operations. Through data analysis, authorities can provide better information to
passengers, improve resource allocation and make informed decisions on service issues. ITS includes a
variety of elements with applications in navigation and vehicle tracking, collection of operational data,
traffic management, parking, surveillance, etc. The following components are particularly applicable to
bus service operations.
Automatic Vehicle Location system (AVL): Automatic Vehicle Location enables the Control Centre
(managed by the authority or the operator) to know the location of the bus, detect route deviations and
schedule adherence. This technology allows the Control Centre to construct a real-time view of the status
of all buses as well as log the trips on the system to inform the payment system if operations are on a ‘pay
by km’ basis. For bus operators, ITS systems that monitor driver behaviour are increasingly available and
help identify bus maintenance costs that are due to irresponsible and poor driving techniques.
Adaptive Traffic Signal Control (ATSC): Adaptive Traffic Signal Control enables dynamic management
of traffic signal timing. The system could be used to allow buses to receive priority at traffic signals when
running behind schedule, reducing the number of stops at intersections, as well as the amount of delay
experienced at traffic signals.
Passenger Information System (PIS): Passenger Information Systems provides static and dynamic
information about the bus transport system. AVL provides information about location of the buses which
is used to monitor their progress against the timetable which is passed on to the passengers as estimated
arrival times at specific locations, via variable message signs, mobile phones (SMS), the Internet and
mobile applications.
Automatic Fare Collection (AFC) systems are the key to streamlining the passenger interface of fare
collection and ticketing and also serve the critical purpose of capturing all the revenue. The system offers
a distinct advantage over other aspects of managing a contract primarily due to its ability to capture wide
array of operations.
A further benefit of AFC is the ability to capture passenger travel data which allows planners to identify
over and under-capacity services, and the nature of travel (also by time period) by the passenger. For
example, a high demand trip pattern that involves a bus transfer may be deserving a direct service.
Similarly, a high incidence of travel from point A to point B may warrant an express service.
Planning and scheduling software is highly useful particularly if a city is focussed on cost optimisation
and cost control in its transport system. A high capacity planning and scheduling software is a critical tool
for optimising items like dead mileage, driver indexes, bus indexes, and fleet optimisation. While such
software is useful to manage the vast amount of data generated, this is also possible through obtaining the
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 88
right AFC data in an appropriate format. They may be useful for highly advanced operations where good
data is available, and a system-wide route rationalisation is taking place.
5.6.3 Bus stops
From an operator’s viewpoint, bus stops are an important element in the contract because the revenue is
directly affected by the provision or the lack of bus shelters. Bus stops are also the first point of passenger
interface with the public transport system and are the key to accessibility and ridership. Customer
experience is provided through shelters, waiting facilities and travel information, etc. Bus stops that are
equipped with passenger information systems – PIS (next bus arrival time, etc.) reduce the uncertainty of
waiting and improve the perception of reliability.
While bus stops have long been neglected, there is now an increased interest in developing these facilities,
driven by an increased demand for quality bus services requiring better passenger facilities, and also
monetisation of the bus stops for advertisement revenue. While cities have different models of ownership
and maintenance of bus stops, these are usually owned and maintained by ULBs either themselves or
through a private operator (usually an advertising agency).
Exhibit 5-18 Decision framework for bus stops
5.6.3.1 Planning of bus stops
Since bus stops involve land acquisition and they may be used by multiple operators, planning, investing
and ownership of bus stops should at all times remain with authority. The maintenance and commercial
leasing of advertising space can, however, be outsourced. Sometimes, a commercial PPP venture allows
the private sector to build and exploit the commercial opportunities for a set period. As the title of land and
ownership of bus stands is with authority, liability towards taxes, insurance for asset, etc. would also be
with authority.
Exhibit 5-19 Planning for bus stops
Condition of bus stations
Length of contract
(payback)
Bus Stops
Investment required
Existing contractual obligations
Number of private bus operators
DECISION ON
DIVISION OF
ROLES &
RESPONSIBILITIES
Capacity & Role of
Authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 89
The authority should plan the locations of the bus stops, based on detailed route assessment and other social
and political considerations. Exhibit 5-19 outlines the process for the same.
5.6.3.2 Construction and maintenance of bus stops
For construction and maintenance of bus stops, the following three options are available:
1) By the authority or a third party: In this case, the authority finances, constructs and maintains
the bus stops either on its own or appoints a third party. Since the contract is with the authority,
the third party operator may also be made responsible for PIS on bus stops. In this type of option,
the third party operator usually generates revenue through advertisement, in some cases even
shares revenue with authority, and this does not lead to any financial burden on the authority. This
option is ideal for cities where multiple private operators are involved in city bus private operations
as these facilities are shared. Such a third party operator would need to be managed under a strict
and enforceable contract; otherwise, it will simply collect revenues without proper maintenance
and care for the public facility.
2) The private contractor/operator: In this case, the bus operator also finances and maintains the
bus stops. The operator will have an inherent incentive to maintain these facilities as it affects their
ridership. The problem is that the operator may not have the power to police or enforce activities
on public land, for example where hawkers or traders disrupt or encroach on the facility.
Such a proposition will also need the close cooperation of the authority to facilitate the construction
process (permissions, relocation of utilities, relocation of existing structures, etc.). This proposition
also poses a risk for the operators as they may be constrained in carrying out the responsibility
while being contractually bound. The operator should also have the freedom to sub-contract the
construction, maintenance or advertising functions if required. The operator would retain ultimate
responsibility for the performance of this activity.
As mentioned in the section on length of contract, the commitment to building infrastructure
requires a longer contract to ensure sufficient payback period for the operator. However, this issue
takes on less importance if the operator can receive advertising revenue as it reduces the payback
period. Similarly, if multiple operators use the same route, an independent advertising revenue
stream to the operator who owns the bus stops will recompense them despite sharing the utility
with other operators.
3) Shared by authority and private operator: A variation is where the city authority constructs the
bus station jointly financed with the private operator who maintains the bus stops. The main
advantage is that the private operator shares the cost, reducing the chances that the authority delays
building the facilities. Another advantage over the sole private sector managing this is that it
reduces the risk the operator faces in installing facilities in public spaces (permissions/utilities etc.)
Conditions precedent clauses of the contracts should also address risk of delays impacting negatively on
the respective parties.
5.6.4 Bus terminals
A ‘terminal’ refers to large bus stops that are major points of interchange/ transfer between different bus
routes - such as trunk, feeder and intercity routes - or different modes of transport. Bus routes often begin
or end at terminals. They are larger than other bus stops in a system, and may also provide auxiliary services
to passengers such as food, ticketing, transfer facilities, and so on.
The location and size of bus terminals are determined on the basis of route network structure and function
especially if multi-modal functions are needed, and are usually at places where a number of routes and
modes converge or intersect. Terminals do, however, generally have a negative effect on traffic conditions
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 90
in the surrounding areas due to a number of bus movements in and out of the terminal. This negative effect
is often an especially important consideration for terminals located in central city areas. In such situations,
it may be better to make transfer facilities available at bus stops where multiple services connect, and these
transfer points are clearly indicated for passengers’ convenience.
Terminal size and requirement of facilities are worked out on the basis of demand, bus dwell times and
passenger amenities required. In urban bus operations, while one or more private operators may use
terminals, ownership of terminal and investment in its infrastructure is usually under the authority.
Operation and maintenance of terminal and its facilities including commercial exploitation may be
undertaken by the authority in-house or outsourced to private operator under a separate PPP project.
Exhibit 5-20 Planning for bus terminals
5.6.5 Turnkey Option
The turnkey option is bus operator taking complete responsibility of the overall project including design
and construction of all infrastructure facilities as well as city bus operations. Such a proposition will need
close cooperation with the authority to facilitate the construction process. The turnkey option would require
Infrastructure planning in a bus terminal at Gulbarga
In the Gulbarga transport network, a local transport hub was identified where 80% of passenger
trips originated or terminated, and 18% of passengers utilised the hub as a transfer point. It was
decided to upgrade the hub to a Supermarket Station, with the aim of integrating the terminal
facility with the existing urban setting, to accommodate the rise in demand. The following
infrastructure planning principles were established:
1. Terminal capacity was increased from accommodating 9 buses per hour to 30 buses per
hour, with a peak hour use of 2300 passengers. The new design incorporated two lanes
for parking and an overtaking lane at each platform.
2. To ensure passenger safety, the platform waiting area width and width of walking
pathways were increased.
3. The new design utilised traffic-calming measures to demarcate and create legible
spaces at pedestrian crossings.
4. It was observed that passengers preferred direct access to platforms, ticketing facilities,
transfers and convenient retail facilities. Non-passengers preferred access to a range of
peripheral activities such as retail, commercial, catering facilities, public spaces and
visitor information. These observations were incorporated into the planning design and
a commercial component was introduced in the terminal for better compatibility with
different types of users.
5. An attempt was made to integrate multiple modes such as auto-rickshaws, park-n-ride,
etc.
Exhibit 5-21 Example of Gulbarga Bus Terminal
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 91
a much longer contract to ensure sufficient payback period for the operator. Typical contract length for
such an option is 20/25 years.
The main advantage of this option is that authority needs less coordination among the various contractors
for building assets required for city bus operations. The operator has flexibility in building assets aligned
with requirements of city bus operations without over provisioning. This leads to efficiency and cost
minimisation.
5.7 CONTRACT TERMINATION & ARBITRATION
Arbitration37
This section governs the situation where there are irreconcilable differences between the parties. Although
the dispute resolution clause in the contract prescribes the methods available to resolve disputes, if the
parties are not able to amicably resolve the claims on their own, then either party may opt for arbitration.
In case of arbitration, the clause prescribes the accepted procedures for appointment of an arbitrator and
the procedure of arbitration. It also mentions the courts of applicable jurisdiction where the dispute can be
filed. In many cases, the arbiter(s) are a mixture of local authority staff and representatives of the operators,
and this is the best and most cost-effective way to deal with a dispute.
The clauses in the contract specify the appointment of the arbitrator, place of arbitration, the procedure,
and enforcement of award, fee to be paid to arbitrator, and performance during arbitration.
Termination
During the implementation of the contract, a
situation may arise when it becomes necessary
for the parties to the contract to terminate the
contract. The termination of contract may arise
due to force majeure, due to default or at the
convenience of the authority.
The contract clause should define the specific
conditions on fulfilment of which the above termination situations will be initiated. The clause will also
list the consequences for the contracting parties once the contract is terminated.
One very important component of the termination of contract is the rights and obligations of the parties at
termination. The obligation of the private operator on termination is usually to hand over the project back
to the authority in a specified condition.
Guiding Principles for Early Contract Termination Clauses38
The following key principles need to be considered while developing early contract termination clauses
Reasons which trigger an early contract termination, and compensation each party is entitled to, should
be clear
For authority’s default,
o the contract should specify the events of default that allows the operator to call for contract
termination
37 For arbitration, the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 is followed
38 Yescombe, E. R. (2007). Public-Private Partnerships (1st ed.). Elsevier Ltd.
Sample Contract Termination Clauses
1. Termination for Private Operator’s Default
2. Termination for Authority’s Default
3. Termination Payment
a. Private Operator’s Default
b. Authority’s Default
Sample Contract Termination Clauses
4. Termination for Private Operator’s Default
5. Termination for Authority’s Default
6. Termination Payment
a. Private Operator’s Default
b. Authority’s Default
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 92
o the authority should compensate the operator in such a way that latter bears no financial
consequences from the breach
For operator’s default,
o the contract should specify the events of default that allows the authority to call for contract
termination
o any performance guarantees by the operator should be forfeited and costs incurred by
authority due to termination should be recovered from the operator
If both default, compensation provision for assets built by the operator should be clear and the options
available are fair value approach, book value approach and debt due approach
Fair Value Approach: In this approach, compensation is driven by the fair value of the assets as assessed
by the independent evaluator at the point of termination
Book Value Approach: In this approach, compensation is driven by the book value of the assets at the point
of termination
Debt Due Approach: In this approach, compensation is expressed as a percentage of senior debt outstanding
at the point of termination
Depending upon the project structure (usually the capital expenditure), the termination payment will vary.
Some sample termination payment clauses in the event of termination by the authority are:
Liquidation of performance guarantee submitted by the private operator;
Payment by authority equivalent to the debt due by the private operator.
Some sample termination payment clauses in the event of termination by the private operator are:
Return the performance guarantee to the private operator;
In addition to the payment of debt due, market expected return on the project
Payment equivalent to the market value, book value, or fair residual value of the fleet
A transition plan during which the current operator continues to fulfil the services until a new operator is
signed, in order to ensure continuity, also needs to be considered.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 93
Financial Implication of Termination
When buses have been procured by the operator, upon termination typically the buses are
transferred to the authority with payment being made to the operator. The authority needs to be
cognizant of the payment to be done in such cases.
Sample Calculation for the financial implication
Number of buses = 100 buses
Type and cost of bus = Low Floor Standard Size non AC diesel estimated cost INR 50 lakh
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8
Depreciation 12.5% 25% 37.5% 50% 62.5% 75% 87.5% 100%
Termination Outlay
for assets (in
Crores)
43.75 37.5 31.25 25 18.75 12.5 6.25 0
The authority may also have to return the performance security if it’s a case of authority’s default
which increases the liability of the authority.
Performance Security = 10% of (Cost of Bus + 20% for other capital expenses)
= 0.1 * (50 * 100 + .2 * 50 * 100)
= 6 crores
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 94
6. PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES
The objective of this chapter is to discuss the approach to procurement and various procurement
methodologies for contracts. This process has been shown in Exhibit 6-1.
Exhibit 6-1 Process for Procurement
6.1 CHOOSING THE RIGHT PARTNER
It is often beneficial to choose the end point - partnering arrangement and the partnering arrangement that
the contract achieves, at the inception of procurement planning.
The previous sections have constantly raised the issue of the partnership element of the PPP, on the basis
that the workings of a trusting partnership are far more effective than what can be achieved through the
tools available under contract enforcement. The real purpose of a contract is to define the relationship
between parties, set the tone of the partnership, and be a fall-back position when things go wrong.
The nature and quality of the relationship and trust between the parties is an increasingly discussed topic
in contract development. Procurement cannot rely on price factors alone, despite prices being a key
criterion in competitive tenders. In competitive bidding, there is always a danger of the ‘too-low’ a price
being unsustainable. Also, a bus operator who has no control over market costs of buses, fuel, finance, and
can only reduce the wages to save costs, besides efficient operation. This may translate in the lowest bidder
underpaying staff and attracting low skilled workers, a condition that is not a good prospect for a quality
bus system.
This situation introduces the concept of including Partnership Criterion in contract procurement;
Partnership Criterion is a methodology for defining the type of partnership relationship in the contract and
can be used as part of the procurement process, and as an element of the contractual offer. While it is not
a partnership in the legal sense of a business, it is a partnership in the general sense of a close and mutual
working relationship between parties in a shared endeavour.
‘Partnership’ has been a concept in use for over two decades and was initially used as a form of alternative
dispute resolution (by dispute prevention). Partnership is a process for building, maintaining and evaluating
relationships, and may be used with a wide range of formal structures such as joint ventures, PPP, design-
and-construct contracts, or any other form of arrangement. It is most effective if introduced early in the
relationship – even as early as the procurement stage.
The Partnership Criterion
A major challenge in defining partnership is introducing the concept into procurement procedures and
inserting it as an element of the contractual offer. This may be achieved by using a structured evidence
framework, where profiles of the bidding organisations as potential partners are developed from
Designing Bid Process Strategy
Preparation of Bid Documents & Concession
AgreementsBid Process Management
Selection of Preferred Bidder & Signing for
Concession Agreements
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 95
information gathered during the bid process. The profiles can then be used in procurement decision making,
and in the ongoing contractual processes to embed, evaluate and continuously improve the partnership
relationship. Some partnership attributes may also be developed as the evaluation criterion in the bid
evaluations.
This methodology creates a common language of partnership at the outset of a contractual relationship,
embeds the expectation of the desired form of interaction on both sides, and creates an effective platform
for the parties to reflect on, evaluate and improve their relationship over time.
6.2 PROCUREMENT STRATEGY
The procurement strategies include the following four options:
Competitive bidding
Competitive negotiations
Negotiated contracts
Unsolicited proposals
6.2.1 Competitive bidding
Usually, public sector authorities prefer some form of competitive bidding when procuring any private
sector service. Additionally, most international lending and donor institutions require the use of
competitive bidding procedures as a condition for any loan or technical assistance granted. Competition is
expected to provide transparency to the process and provide a mechanism for selecting the best-value
proposal based on predetermined criteria. The competitive bidding process can either be one stage (Request
for Proposal - RFP) or two stages (Request for Qualifying – RFQ+RFP). The latter allows short listing
which is more efficient.
For competitive bidding, the bids may be open to international, national or limited bidding. Depending
upon the scale and complexity of the project, the authority may select either international or national
bidding. Limited bidding is by direct invitation without open advertisement. This method is preferred if
there are very few bidders for the product or service in the market.
In the Indian context, competitive bidding is the most preferred procurement strategy.
6.2.2 Competitive negotiations
Competitive negotiations entail inviting a small group of bidders to a structured negotiation. The bidders
are aware of the presence of other bidders and there is pressure to obtain the best price. This arrangement
is quicker and less expensive than full competitive process and may yield good prices. However, the
selection of bidders to be invited could potentially be non-transparent and may not yield the best bidder
pool. There is also a greater risk of corruption in the process.
6.2.3 Negotiated contract
Negotiated Contract refers to contracts that are awarded on the basis of direct negotiations with the
contractor, without following the competitive bidding process. In certain situations, the method offers
distinct advantages over process discussed in the preceding sections. For example, Competitive Bidding
offers no methodology to manage losers, and this could be a problem in contracts where the contract
displaces incumbent operators. Authorities in such situation often opt for a negotiated contract with
affected parties who are removed from routes that fall under the new contract. In some cases where BRTS
is introduced, operators may be allowed to continue but may not be able to compete, eventually leading to
ceased operations.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 96
Under a negotiated contract, affected and displaced operators can be offered new business opportunities
under the following guidelines:
To negotiate contracts based on known costs (more transparent) where the authority proposes the
operational plan;
As an inclusive process that engages existing operators as key stakeholders willing to respond to
commercial opportunities and more secure business arrangements;
To emphasise on transitioning to new business and employment opportunities without wielding a
‘stick’ of regulation or offering compensation since the expectation of compensation can distort the
negotiation process. The ‘compensation’ offered is the opportunity to take up new business and/or
employment opportunities;
Government may seek to encourage the bus line committees to assist in facilitating the transition
process, to help unify operator representation;
A clear understanding of the operator’s business model, the contract conditions and expectations on
the government side will assist in convincing the operators of their future viability. A level of trust
building is likely to be required. Experience has shown that a good trust-building initiative is when
key decision-makers at government level engage with operators’ representatives;
6.2.4 Unsolicited proposal
Unsolicited proposal is a self-initiated process where the private operator approaches the public agency
with a proposal to execute a project. The project idea is initiated and developed by the private operator and
the project development cost is passed on to the initiator. Entering into a sole-source process can save the
authority time and money and may alert the authority to an unrealized opportunity for PPP. However, sole
sourcing can encourage corruption through lack of transparency and the cost benefits to competitive
bidding are lost. Furthermore, the authority have to be confident of their negotiation skills and information
sources to ensure best value from the deal.
A variation of the process involves putting the project to bid, after the initial proposal from the initiator is
approved, typically under a system of ‘bonus’, ‘Swiss challenge’, or ‘best and final offer’39.
1) Bonus system
Chile and Korea use a system to promote unsolicited proposals that awards a bonus in the tendering
procedure to the original project proponent. This bonus can take many forms, but the most common bonus
involves additional theoretical value applied to the original proponent’s technical or financial offer for
bidding purposes only.
2) Swiss challenge system
The Swiss challenge system — most common in the Philippines and also used in Guam, India, Italy, and
Taiwan, is similar to the bonus system in using competitive tendering to determine the project developer.
But instead of a predetermined advantage, this system gives the original proponent the right to counter-
match any better offers.
3) Best and final offer system
In the best and final offer system, the key element is multiple rounds of tendering, in which the original
proponent is given the advantage of automatically participating in the final round.
39 Source: PPAIF, World Bank
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 97
6.2.5 Deciding between one-stage and two-stage bidding process40
A single-stage process comprises of only a Request for Proposal (RFP). An RFP document is issued to
interested bidders inviting them to participate in the bid process. The RFP is the formal bid document
issued by the authority and includes the project details and draft concession agreement. A single-stage
process is appropriate for projects when the scope of the project is well defined, and there is a well-known
and relatively small group of private entities that are likely to bid.
A two-stage process has distinct ‘Request for Qualification’ and ‘Request for Proposal’ stages to short-list
bidders and to seek their financial quotes. This process is appropriate when the project scope is not clear
and discussions are required to finalise the service options, and the number of bidders is large. The Ministry
of Finance, Government of India has mandated the adoption of a two-stage bidding process for central
sector PPP projects.
The RFP may be preceded by an Expression of Interest (EOI) or a Request for Qualification (RFQ) or
sometimes both. The choice of whether to include EOI and/ or RFQ depends on how much uncertainty
there is about the project definition and about the bidders that are likely to be interested and qualified.
An EOI is used to identify firms that are interested in bidding and that are available to bid for a project. It
is a ‘market sounding’ exercise that can be used by the authority to test the level of interest and availability
of potential private operators and to identify a preliminary list of firms who will be sent RFQs or RFPs.
Typically, no evaluation is carried out on an EOI as it just lists all the interested firms who may
subsequently be contacted for RFQs or RFPs.
An RFQ is used to narrow down the list of qualified firms that will be invited to bid. Unlike an EOI, the
RFQ submissions are evaluated, and some firms are eliminated on the basis of pre-determined qualifying
criteria. The aim is to reduce the number of potential bidders to include only the technically and financially
qualified bidders possessing the requisite skill set for implementation of the project. The result of the RFQ
40 PPP Toolkit, Ministry of Finance, Government of India
Exhibit 6-2 Bid Processes
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 98
stage is a shortlisting of bidders. These potential bidders are then invited to submit their proposals for the
project at the RFP stage.
An RFP invites technical and financial proposals from interested entities (in case it follows an EOI) or
qualified entities (in case it follows an RFQ) or from the market in general (in case of a single stage
process).
The two steps in the procurement process may be merged, and still retain the essence of two-stage bidding
process, as the scope, type of bidders and criterion are clear beforehand. In this model, only RFP is issued
to the bidders. The bidders are required to submit two envelopes i.e. one for technical and financial
capacity, and the other for financial bid. The financial bid for only those bidders who meet the minimum
technical and financial criteria is opened. The bidder quoting the minimum or maximum fees, as the case
may be, will be the selected bidder.
A defined scope and limited number of bidders has led single stage bidding to be preferred for city bus
operations.
6.2.6 Type of bid evaluation
Quality Based Selection: This method of bid evaluation is often seen in projects where technical inputs
required are important, and highly specialised. The budget of the project is usually fixed or negotiated on
unit costs. In such cases, the evaluation of bids is done based on technical soundness of the bid. The bidder
getting the highest technical score will be the preferred bidder. This evaluation method would fit well with
a partnership criterion.
Quality cum cost based selection (QCBS): This method of bid evaluation scores the technical capacity,
skill and experience of the bidder (sometimes called the ‘beauty contest’). Usually, a minimum technical
score is required for the bid to be considered for financial bid evaluation. The bidder quoting the minimum
financial bid is awarded 100 marks, and the score of the remaining bidders is proportionately reduced, in
ascending order of financial bid. Weights are assigned to both the technical and financial score. The bidder
scoring the highest combined score is selected as the preferred bidder. In India, this is the most preferred
mode of selection of bidder for PPP projects.
Least cost method: This method involves selecting the bidder that quotes the least cost. The method is
useful for projects which are standardised in nature and require limited technical input. The projects fit for
such type of bid evaluation usually include outsourcing contracts. A modified version of least cost method
strategy may also be followed in which, the bidder is required to furnish his bid in two/three envelopes i.e.
one to showcase technical and financial capability, and the other for financial bid. The financial bid of only
those bidders who meet the technical and financial criterion shall be considered.
The Least Cost Method and the Quality cum cost based selection have a danger of bidders, and especially
the less experienced bidders, offering prices that are ‘too low’ to be viable. It is useful for the authority to
test these prices against known benchmarks and question the bidders, if necessary. In the case of no
satisfactory explanation, the matter may be forwarded to a panel for evaluation that may choose to either
accept or reject the bid.
In India, QCBS and least cost method are the most common evaluation strategies followed across sectors.
For city bus private operations, two/three envelope least cost method is the most common evaluation
strategy.
6.3 PREPARATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT
The final implementation structure will be translated into a legally enforceable document, the PPP
agreement. This document must be drafted before the start of procurement, as prospective bidders will need
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 99
to know the terms and conditions of their contracts. The agreement would make bidders aware of their
roles, as well as all the risks and obligations involved in the transactions.
A typical contract would contain the following:
Recitals,
Definitions and Interpretations,
Period of the contract,
Rights of The Contracting Parties,
Obligations of The Contracting Parties,
Contract Considerations,
Payment Mechanism,
Performance Management,
Defaults and their Consequences,
Dispute Resolution,
Termination of the Contract, And Effects of Termination (Terminal Payment
Arrangements and other Issues Related to the Termination).
Exhibit 6-3 Advance information to operators during the bidding process
6.3.1 Bidding and contract documents
Prequalification Process – RFQ stage
Preparation of RFQ Documents: The RFQ is a document for pre-qualification of the interested bidders
with the objective of narrowing down the field to select bidders capable of implementing the proposed
project. Minimum qualifying technical experience could include: experience in similar projects (in its sole
capacity or as a consortium), technical skills, and operating experience that best help judge suitability for
undertaking the project. Similarly, minimum qualifying financial parameters help judge the ability of the
bidder to raise the required finances.
The indicative contents of an RFQ are given below:
Disclaimer
Terms and conditions of the request for qualification
Outline of the request
Brief statement of intent of the Transport Authority in issuing the request
Detailed information about the project (description, background, performance parameters,
financing structure, risk allocation, etc.)
Description of the procurement process, along with the evaluation criteria
Bath and North East Somerset and South Gloucestershire were both praised by local bus operators for
the amount of information they provide with their tenders and the timescales they work with. They offer
the current operator the opportunity to comment on forthcoming tenders several months in advance,
including adopting the approach of stating how much funding is available and then inviting proposals
from operators. This approach has worked very well and allowed operators to offer innovative solutions
that make the most of the existing commercial network.
Bath and North East Somerset and South Gloucestershire were both praised by local bus operators for the amount
of information they provide with their tenders and the timescales they work to. They offer the current operator the
opportunity to comment on forthcoming tenders several months in advance including adopting the approach of
stating how much funding is available and then inviting proposals from operators. This approach has worked very
well and allowed operators to offer innovative solutions that make the most of the existing commercial network
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 100
Instructions to respondents
Information required from bidders, along with the prescribed format for its submission
Description of the evaluation process
Bid Process – RFP stage
The RFP is the second stage of the two-stage bidding process. The RFP is issued and responses prepared
as per the provisions of the RFP, and “Bids”, shall be invited from the pre-qualified bidders. The Bids shall
consist of two parts: Technical Proposal providing certain compliance related documents and other details
as prescribed in the RFP and a Financial Proposal containing its price/commercial quote for the Bid
Parameter. The Bid Parameter shall be a single parameter and shall be the only quantitative parameter
based on which the preferred bidder would be selected. While a single quantitative Bid Parameter is
recommended, in particular circumstances, qualitative aspects may also be included in the Bid Parameter,
provided the same can be objectively scored and methodology for such scoring is provided in the RFP. The
Bid Parameter can also be in the form of, among others, grant required, annuity required, user charges,
revenue share, upfront System Management Fee, annual System Management Fee, term of Project
Agreement, etc. depending on the project structure.
The RFP shall also have provision for Bid Security and a Performance Guarantee to be sought from the
Bidders at the time of submission of the Bid and before signing of the Project Agreement, respectively.
The amounts of such guarantees may vary based on the level of the project outlay.
Financial proposals shall be opened only after evaluation of technical proposals and only for those bidders
who comply with the requirements of the technical proposal and achieve the minimum score specified in
the RFP, if applicable.
The Draft Agreement, which is the project contract shall necessarily form a part of the RFP document. It
shall clearly spell out the rights and obligations of the concerned authority, the Government (if applicable),
and of the private entity involved. The Draft Agreement shall also capture other aspects such as:
Term of Project Agreement, if any;
Performance specifications;
Monitoring mechanisms;
Penalties and Incentives associated with various obligations of the entities;
Mechanism for dealing with risks due to Force Majeure, Termination, Change in Law,
Change in Scope, etc.;
Procedures relating to Dispute Resolution, claims, information sharing & reporting; with
associated timelines; and
Process for handing over of the assets, if any, and if such handover is part of the PPP
structure.
Thus, the objective of the RFP stage is to:
Specify all the provisions of the Draft Agreement;
Set out clearly the evaluation criteria, terms and submission requirements for the
evaluation process; and
Invite proposals with specific technical and financial details that enable the selection of
the “Preferred Bidder”.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 101
In this stage, all pre-qualified bidders, to whom the RFP has been issued, shall be given an opportunity to
ask queries and seek clarifications. The same shall also be discussed in a pre-bid meeting. In case of more
complex projects, more than one pre-bid meeting can be organised.
6.3.2 Criteria for qualification
The criterion for qualification has two parts – technical and financial.
Technical criteria
The authority should define relevant experience in the bidding documents. The criterion has to be stringent
enough to ensure that only serious bidders qualify, at the same time it should not be so high such that very
few bidders qualify. Usually, relevant experience is a good qualifier especially having performed similar
services previously, or with a skill set that clearly qualifies their involvement; for example previous
experience in logistics and customers service, could be a relevant qualification.
It is also important to consider the experience of the previous 3-5 years, and not just the immediately
preceding year as the bidder may not have sufficient experience if the project started only last year.
The bidder shall, over the past 3-5 financial years preceding the Bid Due Date, have:
a. Experience of operating Buses,
b. Experience of operating Trucks, and/or
c. Experience of operating Taxis
An experience weight may be granted to each of the categories, as shown in Exhibit 6-4:
Exhibit 6-4 Experience Weights
Category Experience Weight
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Higher weightage is granted to buses (both contract and stage carriage) as compared to trucks.
Suitable conversion shall be made based on size of the vehicle in terms of the details set out in Exhibit 6-5:
Exhibit 6-5 Multiplying Factor
Category Passenger Capacity Multiplying Factor
Buses < 22 passengers 1.50
23 – 34 passengers 2.00
35 and above 3.00
Trucks 3.00
Taxis 1.00
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 102
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x Multiplying Factor x
Number of months of operations in the last five years/60= XX
Sample calculation is provided in the table below.
Category Passenger
Capacity, if
applicable
No. of
vehicles
(a)
Multiplying
Factor (b)
Experience
Weight (c)
Number of
months of
operation
(d)
Total
(Experience
Score)
(a*b*c*d/60)
Buses 42 40 3.0 1.0 40 80
Buses 20 15 1.5 1.0 12 4.5
Truck 60 3.0 0.4 56 67.2
Taxis 50 1.0 0.8 24 16
Total Experience Score 167.7
Total Experience Score for each Bidder shall be calculated based on submissions made by the Bidder. Such
Total Experience Score shall be compared with the Minimum Experience Score. The Minimum Experience
Score is the score calculated for Experience Score considering 50% of the number of buses to be Operated
and Maintained by the operator. For example, if 100 buses are to be Operated and Maintained by the
operator, then the Minimum Experience Score shall be 50*3*1*60/60 = 150. The Bidder shall be deemed
to meet the Technical Capacity, when the Total Experience Score is greater than the Minimum Experience
Score.
Financial criterion
After verifying the technical credentials of the bidder, the financial credentials are checked. The bidder
should have sufficient capability to undertake the financial burden of the project. Usually, it is checked on
the basis of average annual turnover and net worth. Authority should consider both turnover from relevant
experience and other services, but higher weightage should be given to turnover from relevant experience.
As in the case of technical criterion, in this case also the criterion is defined as a percentage of total project
cost. The average annual turnover of the previous 3 to 5 years and net worth of the immediate preceding
year are considered (net worth of the years prior to the preceding years is not relevant).
For demonstrating financial capacity and experience, the bidder shall have:
i. Minimum Net Worth of [insert in rupees (in words)]41 at the close of the preceding financial year
ii. Minimum Average Annual Turnover equivalent to [insert in rupees (in words)]42 in the previous
3-5 years
Only for those bidders meeting both technical and financial criteria should the financial bid be opened.
41 This amount should be [15-25%] (fifteen to twenty five per cent) of the Estimated Project Cost of the project for which bids are
being invited 15
42 This amount should be equivalent to 25% of the Estimated Project Cost
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 103
6.3.3 Bid parameters
For each type of contract, the bid parameters may vary as shown in Exhibit 6-6.
*This is for illustration; the variable percent may vary from city to city
The details are as follows:
Fee payable per kilometre to the private operator (GCC) – In this type of model, the private
operator is paid the quoted amount per km by the authority over a set period. The authority
usually specifies the minimum number of kilometres the private operator has to ply as part of
MSL. The bidding parameter is ‘cost per km’. Dead mileage should be specified as included
or excluded.
System Management Fee paid to the authority/Grant payable to operator (NCC) – The
private operator agrees to pay to the authority, a fixed amount or share a part of the revenue it
collects (system management fee), or the operator demands a grant from the authority. This
method is most suitable where there is considerable and assured demand or where the operator
is fully protected from competition, else in case of shortfall the operator may demand a grant.
The bidding parameter is usually a fixed amount.
Revenue is linked to ridership (Hybrid GCC) – The authority supplements fixed payments
with bonus payments linked to ridership increase. This payment mechanism will require the
necessary technology to collect ridership data. As these ridership payments are supplementary,
it avoids negative competition for passengers. The bidding parameter could be the fixed
portion costs (km-based) and the variable fee per passenger for additional ridership over base
figures. This method requires base revenue to be set, and good data on ridership growth.
Supplementary payments for certain non-commercial routes (Hybrid NCC) - Where a
non-commercial route is within an operator’s contract area, and the authority wishes to
subsidise its operation, the fee would be fixed and stated in the RFP. The fee per km shall be
calculated based on total cost of operation less the amount of cost recovery through revenue
collected. As in NCC, the bidding parameter in this case shall be system management fee or a
grant.
Refer to Annexure III to customise and modify the model RFP to a city-specific RFP.
6.4 PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT
Once the bidding and contract documents have been drafted, the authority would commence the
procurement process (as discussed earlier).
The following sections describe the procurement process based on the two-stage procurement process
(request for qualification [RFQ]–request for proposal [RFP]) that is extensively followed. The authority
GCC
Fee per kilometre, to be paid by the authority
Hybrid GCC
Fee per kilometre, to be paid by the authority
NCC
Monthly System Management Fee payable to the authority or grant payable to Operator
Hybrid NCC
Monthly System Management Fee Payable to the authority/Grant payable to Operator
Exhibit 6-6 Bid Parameter by type of contract
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 104
can, however, select another process that fits the unique characteristics of the project. If the authority selects
the one stage procurement process, then RFP follows immediately after the pre-bid activities.
6.4.1 Pre-bid activities
The first pre-bid activity pertains to reinforcing the links between the feasibility and procurement stages of
the project. The following will be reviewed and analysed:
Project Scope, Definition, and Objective;
Timelines, strategies, processes, deliverables in the procurement plan;
Project type and structure, and sources of funds;
Mechanism of payments to and from the authority;
Risk matrix updated after the PPP; and
Third-Party Contracts
The subsequent pre-bid activities relate to the major decisions to be made in the procurement process:
Defining the bidding period (when bidders must prepare and submit their bids). According
to the size of the bid, the allowed time of preparation will affect the quality of the bid;
Disclosing all relevant information to bidders including those related to the assets of the
bus transport undertaking, including their condition and maintenance schedules, in the
RFP;
Engaging in pre-bid meetings to discuss queries and ensure bidders and the authority are
aligned in their expectations;
Dealing with labour issues in the RFP; staff information pertinent to the project, such as
the displacement of existing staff, must be communicated to bidders along with the
implications;
Providing enough time for compliance with regulatory requirements.
6.4.2 Request for qualification (RFQ)
The process includes:
Press notification & issuance of RFQ: This includes marketing the project to the industry. The prepared
RFQ is issued along with a notification.
Pre-bid meeting and responses: Bidders may wish to seek clarifications on the RFQ. All clarifications
have to be responded to, with changes made in the contract document accordingly, and revisions shared
with the bidders.
Evaluation of responses: The bidders’ responses to the RFQ are evaluated according to the evaluation
and selection criteria in the RFQ. The evaluation criterion considers the technical and financial capability
of the bidder, their understanding of the project, and their skills and experience to deliver the project.
Bidders that meet the RFQ criteria are notified by the authority and invited to bid. The notification indicates
the terms and conditions for obtaining the RFP, and the document date and cost.
6.4.3 Request for proposal
Issuance of RFP: The RFP document is issued to the pre-qualified bidders. Bids from only such pre-
qualified bidders will be accepted.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 105
Pre-bid meeting and responses: Bidders may wish to seek clarifications on the RFP and draft contract
document. All clarifications have to be responded to, with changes made in the contract document
accordingly, and revisions shared with the bidders.
Evaluation of responses: The evaluation of bids is an extremely important stage in the PPP project life
cycle. The bids received are assessed based on the specific compliance and selection criteria, as specified
in the RFP issued. Assistance of external advisers/ consultants may be sought by the concerned authority
for evaluation of bids. Opening of technical and financial proposals should be done in separate meetings
in which those bidders must be invited, whose technical or financial proposal is going to be opened.
6.5 SIGNING OF CONTRACT
After evaluation of the bids and selection of the Preferred Bidder, the authority may issue a “Letter of
Award” to the Preferred Bidder. The letter shall specify the formalities to be completed, if any, by the
Preferred Bidder before signing the contract. The Preferred Bidder shall accept the Letter of Award by
issuing a Letter of Acceptance within the specified time limit, subsequent to which the Preferred Bidder
shall be declared as the Successful Bidder. The draft contract provided at the RFP stage shall be finalised
and signed between the Successful Bidder or a company constituted by the Successful Bidder (as the private
entity), as per the provisions of the RFP, and the authority.
There shall be no modifications in the draft contract at this stage, except changes which have been agreed
prior to bid submission date, with all bidders, and except some administrative changes for finalisation of
the contract.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 106
7. POST AWARD CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
This chapter discusses the various processes in post award contract management, including developing a
sound monitoring framework to ensure smooth functioning of the project during its lifecycle.
7.1 THE MONITORING FRAMEWORK
After developing a sound understanding of the functioning of a performance monitoring process, a
framework for implementing the same needs to be developed. This framework should be comprehensive
and should take care of all issues that might arise in the project lifecycle and with due provision for review
and update at any point of time.
Development of an ideal framework should consist of the following steps:
Step I: Collection & analysis of information needed
Step II: Analysing existing processes and tools for project quality measurement throughout the project
lifecycle
Step III: Setting the output requirements based on the terms agreed in the Concession Agreement
Steps I-III are carried out during the development of the contract.
Step IV: Designing the performance review mechanism against the output requirements including the KPIs
Step V: Reviewing the performance monitoring mechanism and updating the same
Steps IV-V are carried out during the monitoring period.
Exhibit 7-1 Performance Monitoring, Reporting & Review Framework
Step I: Collection & analysis of information
The authority needs to determine all parameters on which the private operator will be evaluated for the
quality of the project. Both qualitative and quantitative data are included. The authority may need to also
consider:
Which data sources are present and can be used for performance monitoring;
What other data sources need to be obtained;
In what form is information available or to be specified.
Step II: Evaluate existing processes and tools
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 107
The authority should decide what level of monitoring is most efficient considering the cost and availability
of resources. While the ITS generated data is generally the most effective way to collect quantifiable data,
there is no replacement for physical inspection, to experience and draw conclusions on the qualitative
aspects of the system.
Step III: Set the output requirements, design KPIs
In the context of managing a contract to deliver service quality, the main KPI aspects are:
Follow route assignment and operating schedule as set by the contract specifications;
Failure to perform a service, or each incident where a service is cancelled, and the Control
Centre is not advised;
Comply with operating rules and service specifications;
Meeting vehicle standards of cleanliness and condition;
Following set procedures;
Meet reporting requirements;
Safe operation and driver performance.
Step IV: Design the performance monitoring mechanism
ITS and the agreed reporting structure should provide all the necessary data to enable sufficient monitoring.
However, it is essential to ensure that the primary task of the operator is not to furnish the data for the
authority, but to operate the business. ITS and computer data should make this reporting relatively easy,
but should not be used as a substitute for physical inspections to evaluate qualitative aspects of customer
service.
Regular meetings of all concerned officials must be conducted at agreed intervals to discuss any
performance related issues. These meetings must also include representatives from the side of the private
operator as well as any other related parties, to discuss the situation with them and seek their opinion.
Step V: Review & update the performance monitoring system
Regular evaluation of the monitoring procedures, as well as the level of monitoring, will assist the authority
to assess its effectiveness.
7.2 MONITORING DURING THE COURSE OF OPERATIONS
The monitoring and control function will vary according to the type of contract. In a GCC, this control is
more stringent. In an NCC, outcomes are monitored and the authority would respond to service issues that
arise.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 108
Exhibit 7-2 Monitoring and supervision London (GB): Financial incentives in a Gross Cost
Contract
7.2.1 Daily service monitoring
The daily monitoring will invariably require a Control Centre which, with the aid of ITS, can be abreast
with the daily service performance. This Control Centre may also be involved in service planning, both the
strategic service plan (setting overall parameters) and may also govern the daily scheduled service. Other
daily monitoring tasks will include monitoring and managing shift start up (all scheduled buses arrive for
service), AFC functions (managing faults and breakdowns), responding to and managing emergency,
accident or incident procedures, handling lost property and responding to complaints and service failures.
The Control Centre will have in place standard operating procedures to cover all areas such as:
Control procedures
Vehicle breakdown response
Emergency or accident response
Malfunctions and technical support for support systems
Safety and security protocols and response procedures
Reporting procedures
Quality inspection procedures
Inspection and audit of contract items
Disciplinary procedures
7.2.2 Contract Management Procedures
For contract management, the authority will have to develop a comprehensive and agreed set of procedures
and processes under which it will administer the control and management of the bus operator contract. It
could be named as Contract Management Procedures Manual (CPM). It would aim to provide explicit and
clear guidance to reduce the amount of ‘ad hoc’, and arbitrary decisions that need to be made with
individual operators and to build confidence in the regulatory process.
Monitoring for Gross Cost Contract for buses is done by TfL as follows:
The “Quality Incentive” contract payments are based on a monitoring regime that primarily
measures the reliability of the buses. The contract dedicates an entire detailed section to
reliability. It states for example at which location and what frequency monitoring will take place.
In addition, customer satisfaction surveys are carried out, measuring waiting time & riding,
driving standard, cleanliness, information at bus stops, etc.
Other monitoring mechanisms include: Mystery travellers, driving standards reporting, accident
& incident reporting and environmental reporting.
Operator league tables are published for reliability and excess wait time. Other quality indicators
are reported at network level only.
Presently, monitoring is undertaken manually with a hand held device. However, TfL is in the
process of introducing GPS in the future. This tracking system would have additional benefits,
such as passenger information.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 109
This manual would address control and monitoring issues not contained in the contract, and may be
changed and adapted as new situations arise. It would be valuable to consult operators in these changes, so
that there is a consensus on the fairness of such procedures.
The content of the manual could include:
Guidelines for ethical and ‘good’ practice
Responsibility of operators (items not detailed in the contract) rights and obligations
Penalties for not meeting obligations
Rights and obligations of the authority
Reporting obligations of both parties
Driver conduct and sanctions
Enforcement protocols and procedures
Right of reply and redress for penalties challenged by the operator
Management of incidents
Management of safety standards
Dispute resolution procedures
Updating procedures for CPM.
Exhibit 7-3 Enforcement in Amsterdam (NL): Direct award with competitive threat
The authority awarded a Net Cost Contract for the management of the urban public transport
network of Amsterdam directly to the municipal operator. The contract was awarded for the
period 2006-2011 in direct award with a threat of a competitive tendering procedure if the
existing municipal operator was not able to deliver a bid under market conformity. Monitoring
controls operation of the agreed number of timetable hours per route, punctuality, the number
of realised planned connections, occupancy rate, and passenger satisfaction. A bonus/penalty
system is also in place.
The authority awarded a net-cost contract for the management of the urban public transport network of Amsterdam
directly to the municipal operator. The contract was awarded for the period 2006-2011 in direct award with a threat
of a competitive tendering procedure if the existing municipal operator was not able to deliver a bid under market
conformity. Monitoring controls the operation of the agreed number of timetable hours per route, punctuality, the
number of realised planned connections, the occupancy rate and passenger satisfaction. A bonus/penalty system
is also in place.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 110
8. IN LIEU OF A CONCLUSION
The advent of the private operator in effecting delivery of city bus services in India for public transport is
very recent and it would not befit to conclude the guidance document with crystallised recommendations
or directions. The guidance document does, however, provide the user with necessary insight into the type
of the long-term contract that would suit a city best and appropriate the risks equitably, with an adequate
mechanism for monitoring delivery of service. International experiences in city bus operations offer a rich
and varied source of instructive lessons for India’s cities. Cities across the globe have had a variety of
starting options; while some began with a loosely regulated system (Santiago and Quito), some had already
formalised operations (operator franchises Curitiba) and some were specially designed to engage private
operators in public transport, replacing public bus systems (London and Adelaide). From such beginnings,
these cities have generally evolved on similar patterns of private and public involvement in city bus
services.
The global trend also presents a milieu of dominant informal, and unorganised private sector followed by
an increasing degree of public involvement and eventually culminating in a structured system of private
sector participation in well-defined concession contracts. Even in concession contracts, variations exist in
contractual parameters depending upon the context and environment in a specific city. For example,
contract durations have ranged from five years to fifteen years; the roles of authority and operators have
witnessed various variations. Adelaide showcased partnership approach, where the authority engaged with
operators before initiating the bid process. While the provision of bus depots has remained with the
authority in a majority of the cities, some cities have also explored private ownership of bus depots. Each
of the alternatives for the provision of bus services came with its own advantages and limitations as well,
but the underlining endeavour was to deliver bus services at the lowest cost and meet or surpass expected
quality level. One key lesson from these diverse set of experience is that in order to be able to assert control,
the authority needs to accept such risks which the operators cannot be expected to manage.
The model contracts are best appreciated along with perusal of the guidelines document which recommends
practices aimed at accelerating adoption of public-private partnership in city bus operations. These
documents have been prepared against the backdrop of state of the art review of the practice of public
transport delivery from city bus private operators. Practices of 10 Indian and 5 international cities were
studied and findings were discussed with different stakeholders including senior officials from government
departments, state agencies and municipal corporations from various states & union territories, bus
manufacturers, city bus operators and various urban transport consultants.
In Indian context, city bus private operations are yet in a nascent stage and will evolve and mature as both
authorities and operators gain experience. Individual cities themselves are at varied starting points of their
journeys towards full exploitation of private participation in city bus operations. While some cities are
dominated by informal private operators or even have informal private operators operating in tandem with
public operators, other cities have had experience in formalised private operators’ participation. As the
sector evolves, certain practices which may seem impracticable now would become viable options and
win-win strategies for both, the authority and private operator.
For example, a common perception in Indian experience is that inadequate planning before commencing
private city bus operations have resulted in complications that led to eventual failure of contracts. To avoid
this pitfall, the guidelines document has recommended that cities first assess the prevalent business
environment and then prepare the business model for bus operations before considering contracting out
bus operations. As cities adopt this practice, city bus operations would provide the operators and the
authorities a better understanding towards making services sustainable and customer friendly.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 111
Some other methods and models that could evolve in future, but haven’t been included as model contracts
at present are touched upon briefly in following paragraphs. These practices could be incorporated into the
existing model contracts by the authorities as and when cities mature in the delivery of urban bus transport
through private participation over long-term contracts; the adoption could be through discussion with
potential bidders, or with the help city-specific transaction advisor to be appointed separately.
1. Depot Sharing
The model contracts have been prepared assuming one operator shall be the sole user of one depot facilities
since the prevailing business environment and trust deficit between competing operators prevent sharing
of a common depot. Authorities, as well as private operators, have also expressed reservations about
sharing depots, and accordingly, sole depots have been recommended.
However, post experience of one or two model contracts, some cities, may find the option of sharing depots
feasible as the requirement for buses increases and additional land for depots becomes challenging. This
option of multiple operators working together has been successful in several cities (Adelaide, Curitiba) and
a partnership approach could reasonably be expected to evolve in Indian cities as well. Alternatively,
multiple operators could also share depots managed by third parties.
2. Depot provided by operator
Establishing bus depots involves acquisition of land, high capital investment and a depot has a lifespan
much longer than that of the rolling stock. Public authorities are generally better equipped for providing
depot facilities; they control planning permissions and often have available land or land resumption powers.
In this context, the model contracts provide for the ownership of bus depots to remain with the authority.
As PPP in this sector matures, operators in India may develop capacity and risk appetite to also provide
depots. Cities could then consider the option of depots being provided by operators; also that they are not
captive to an operator holding any strategic depot site.
Cities may then also consider leasing depots constructed by operators, with leasing periods long enough
for this model to become viable.
3. Step-In Rights
The provision of step-in rights for the authority to manage situations where an operator is unable to
continue service has not been recommended in the model contracts, assuming that authorities currently do
not have the capacity to run services on their own. However, cities may build capability for running services
on their own and may want to have the ability to step-in to maintain continuity if an operator fails to meet
standards partially or wholly.
Step-in rights for lenders could also be explored by the cities to facilitate financing options. The model
contracts have provided for provision of asset transfer value in case of termination, irrespective of whose
responsibility it is in event of default. However, cities may consider including the provision for the lenders
to step-in and provide a substitute operator.
4. Longer bus life
The service life of buses currently being utilised in India for city bus operations is generally around eight
years (around 750,000 kilometres) and is lower than in European systems that expect buses to perform
beyond ten years (at least 1,000,000 kilometres). In future, bus transport systems with performance similar
to or exceeding those of European systems could be introduced, making it possible to have necessitating
longer contract terms and stricter performance standards.
Further, with increased operational experience, cities may opt for optimised maintenance processes that
would result in increasing the service life of buses. Such changes could result in cities specifying higher
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 112
performance standards throughout the contract period. Another change is the possibility of extension of
contract terms as buses are still available for full service at the end of current proposed contract length of
eight years.
5. Fare collection by operators
The provision of fare collection by the operator is provided in NCC as it is assuming that the operator takes
the revenue risk. With developments in newer fare collection methods and technologies like contactless
smart fare collection, smartphone payment, etc., the operator doesn’t have to bear additional costs for
revenue collection and protection. In such situations, cities may explore fare collection by the operators
even if they are not assuming revenue risk. For example, in the London bus system, Oyster card is used
with card readers on-board the bus for revenue collection. The card readers are connected directly to the
central server, thus, there is no involvement of a conductor for revenue collection.
6. Technological Advances
The model contracts have an implicit assumption that buses will utilise fossil fuel. However, with rapid
technological advances, electric drivetrains could emerge as a mainstream technology. There is also
possibility of automated public transport system, on the likes of automated driving that is being pursued
actively in passenger car space. These developments could introduce significant changes in operating costs
and might drive modifications in the fare structuring, fare escalation formulae, and other operational
parameters.
The model contracts have considered probable changes in technology in the near future such as the
introduction of integrated fare, smart ticketing, etc. In line with this, roles and responsibilities of the
authority and the operator have been delineated. However, other practices which have not been foreseen at
present may also require suitable modifications in the contract.
City authorities are thus encouraged to create such fora where alternate practices / models get discussed
and evaluated for adoption based on city environment. City authority can also take help of Transaction
Advisors in developing and evaluating alternative options suitable for the city and customise relevant
clauses of the model contract accordingly.
It is important to note here that any major change carries a high implementation risk. It would be better to
opt for a process that is gradual and leaves room for correcting any error. This would require flexibility in
contracts in the event of changed circumstances or unanticipated outcomes. Each city must take stock of
the local situation, its strengths and weaknesses, threats and opportunities to assess its course of action and
methodology for modifying any contractual provisions in this evolving scenario.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 113
ANNEXURE I - DRAFT STRUCTURE OF MODEL CONTRACTS
COMMON ELEMENTS ACROSS FOUR MODEL CONTRACTS
Item
Scope of the project
Provide bus services under an area or a route contract, as specified by authority
[Procure a lot of buses as per specifications defined in the contract]43
Provide a driver for each bus, as per the bus procurement schedule
Operate and maintain the bus services according to the performance and quality standards specified
Maintain bus depot (for bus maintenance and repair)
Supply and maintain adequate consumables as required for regular upkeep of fleet
Establish a control room to respond to any vehicle breakdown or accident
Maintain a detailed daily log of the performance of each bus
Redress customer complaints and issues, in accordance with the provisions of the contract
Maintain LED display system on buses
Procure clearances for the operations of the project, as required
Ensure assured fleet availability as per the fleet deployment plan
Submit to authority, monthly reports in formats as provided in the contract
Information list to be
prepared by the authority/
Preparatory work to be
done by the authority
Comprehensive mobility plan for the area/township: current scenario of urban transport, expected growth in traffic,
recommendations
Technical specifications of buses
Performance and quality standards for the services to be provided
Design of the route system where applicable, or the demarcation of major areas for area contracts
Format of roadworthiness and fitness certificates (certificates attesting to the operable condition of the buses) to be
submitted, quality and performance standard checks on buses
Formats of documents to be submitted at the end of each month
Conditions precedent
Private operator
Sign the contract within specified number of days after acceptance of letter of award
Execute depot license agreement
43 Delete: If procurement of buses is done by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 114
Item
Execute the tripartite escrow agreement with authority and bank
Furnish performance security
Facilitate in procuring water supply and electricity connection
Procure all operator clearances that may be required for the project
Appoint duly licensed and trained drivers, and other staff members as required
Provide and install any necessary movable infrastructure such as equipment and machinery in bus depot. Such
equipment and machinery generally having life span equivalent to the project duration and/ or where the cost of each
such consumable, equipment and/ or machinery is less than Rs. ---- Lakhs
[Install ITS and other tracking system in lot of buses handed over by the authority]44
Authority
[Handover a lot of buses to the private operator]45
[Ensure activities related to road worthiness such as registration of buses, bus permit, payment of taxes etc., are
completed before handover of buses to the operator]46
Handover depot for parking, maintenance, and regular upkeep of the buses
Execute depot license agreement
Execute the tripartite escrow agreement with operator and bank
Roles and responsibilities
of the private operator
Furnish performance security to the authority
[Procure lot of buses as per specifications defined in the contract]47
[Procure bus license from RTO, registration of buses, payment of taxes etc.]48
Operate and maintain buses and depot facilities at its own cost
Ensure the LED system (on buses) is in working condition
Allow access to buses to all members of public
Ensure that buses pick and drop at designated stops
44 If buses are handed over by authority
45 If procurement of buses is done by authority
46 If procurement of buses is done by authority
47 If procurement of buses is done by the private operator
48 If buses procured by operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 115
Item
Make arrangement at its own cost to tow-away dysfunctional buses without causing disruption of traffic and provide
stand-by buses to ferry stranded passengers within a period of 2 hours
Maintain a control room to monitor movement of buses and respond in an event of emergency
Provide adequate number of drivers and helpers
Provide training to drivers and technicians on regular basis
Maintain cleanliness on buses
Maintain adequate level of inventory for repair and maintenance of buses
With prior approval of authority, construct and maintain temporary structures within depot premise
Allow authority to undertake inspections as and when it deems fit
Procure, install and monitor communication devices on the buses to allow authority to monitor the bus operation, as
well as any other devices deemed necessary for the smooth operation of the system
Shall not tamper with such communication system/ITS and/or cameras installed
Comply with all Laws
Be liable for claims made and compensation awarded by Court of Law
Ensure safety of buses and depots against theft and vandalism
May collect revenue from advertisements inside and outside the buses and bus depot
Pay penalties as imposed by authority
Be joint holder of the escrow account along with the authority and bank
Arrange the capital funds and financing for the day-to-day operation of the bus services
Address consumer complaints forwarded by authority
Designate and appoint suitable officers to run the day-to-day activities of the transport system
Maintain harmony and good industrial relations with the authority
Pay the Employees State Insurance Corporation and Provident Fund contributions for the employees of the private
enterprise
Maintain the confidentiality of the contract
Bear the cost of premium, for each of the buses in the fleet, but the premium payment will be given to the authority
The operator shall have obligations to assist in and abide by directions/queries by statutory government bodies such as
traffic police, CVC, CAG etc. with regard to the project
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 116
Item
Roles and responsibilities
of the authority
[Procure buses and handover to the private operator to carry out operations as per bus procurement schedule]49
[Procure bus license from RTO, registration of buses, payment of taxes etc.]50
[Arrange for a comprehensive insurance policy, in the capacity of co-insurer along with the operator, for each of the
buses in the fleet. The authority will use the proceeds received from operator to take insurance]51
Issue fitness certificate on buses procured by the private operator, to carry out operations
Handover and permit the operator to make use of the project facilities to carry out its roles and responsibilities,
The bus depot or any other site identified for parking should have adequate parking facilities for buses
Grant all approvals, permissions, and authorisations, to be accorded by the authority on its own without consulting
the third party, that the private operator requires to complete the services satisfactorily
Regulate and oversee the management, planning, and control activities of the authority with respect to the routes
Appoint project officer and/or independent engineer to monitor functioning of the operator, maintain record of
consumer complaints and forward to private operator, and maintain records
Conduct regular inspections of buses, from time to time
Levy penalties on private operator on account of non-performance
Monitoring mechanism
Private operator
Maintain project facilities in an orderly manner as per minimum service standards
Report any breach in service quality to the authority with explanation
Authority
In the event of breach of minimum service quality standards, notify the private operator, who shall be liable to pay
penalty
In the event of the same breach in service quality of a serious nature (such as safety) occurring more than three times,
declare an event of default
Safety provisions The private operator should prudently follow, nationally accepted safety practices generally and reasonably expected of a
skilled and experienced private operator.
Performance standards • Utilisation of rolling stock
49 If buses procured by authority
50 If buses procured by authority
51 If buses procured by authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 117
Item
o Fleet utilisation: No. of buses deployed for operation in time *100 / no. of buses in fleet (92-96%)
o Roadworthiness Fleet: No. of roadworthy buses*100/No. of buses in fleet (92-96%)
• Regularity of service
o Trip efficiency: number of trips/number of trips scheduled (>98%)
o Kilometre efficiency: number of kilometres operated/number of kilometres scheduled (>98%)
Punctuality of operations: number of trips on time/total number of trips (>98%); No. of trips on time at destination /
Total no. of trips(>98%) operated
Reliability of buses (per 10,000 km):1/ (number of breakdowns× 10,000/total kilometres operated) (>95%)
Safety of operations (per 100,000 km): 1/ (number of accidents× 10,000/total kilometres operated) (>99%)
Cleanliness of buses (per 1,000 trips): 1/ (number of buses reported dirty× 1,000/total number of trips operated) (>95%)
User satisfaction (per 1,000 trips): 1/ (number of complaints × 1,000/ total number of trips operated) (>98%)
Deficiencies or defaults in service: total penalties levied × 1,000/total trips operated (XXX)
Defaults and deficiencies
Bus-related defaults and deficiencies
o Damage to bus components like tyres, seats, rails, saloon lights, indicator lights, wiper system, wiper blades,
holds
o Damaged headlight/ front/ back brake light/ side marker light
o Unclean bus
o Loosely hanging bumpers
o Modification of colour /design paintwork
o Defective/damaged wheelchair ramp (if any)
o Missing/loosely hanging seatbelts
o Damages floor/step/hatches or hatch covers.
o Visible dents that are more than 5 mm in depth and 200 sq. Mm in area.
o Damaged, broken, loosely fitted, incomplete or missing passenger seats
o Defective operation of entry /exit doors, emergency exit doors/ hammer for breaking the glass
o Defective and or inoperative PIS partly or fully
o Installation of any type of decoration or non-functional items inside or outside the vehicle, not originally
installed in bus.
o Application of opaque films / paints etc. on side, front or back windows / glasses
o Excessive emission of visible smoke / abnormal noise of high intensity
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 118
Item
o Non availability of specified fire extinguishers, lack of charge of same, expiry date due or no specification of
expiry date
Bus driver–related defaults and deficiencies
o Reckless driving
o Improper uniform
o Running of red lights and signals
o Failure to carry on-board personal identification and / or vehicle registration book / any other vehicle identity
o Failure to carry first aid kit
o Refusal to provide information to authorised staff / passengers
o Park bus dangerously / at away from earmarked space in depot
o Disobedience to lawful instructions / orders of designated authorities
o Drunk while on-duty
o Irresponsible behaviour causing an accident
o Invasion of zebra crossings
o Carrying companions in driver work area
o Bus running out of fuel
o Delayed reporting of bus breakdowns / incidents en-route (reaction time < 30 minutes)
o Verbal or physical misbehaviour with passenger
o Failure to follow or acknowledge instructions of authorised staff
o Non submission of defect / route incidents reports etc. on completion of work shift but before leaving depot
premises
o Not carrying complaint book and or not presenting complaint book to passengers when demanded
Bus operator–related defaults and deficiencies
o Not following/ changing route
o Operating un-authorised hours or services/ routes.
o Parking in places other than those established by authority
o Not stopping at earmarked station en-route as scheduled
o Stopping at a station and/or place not earmarked for route service and or in a manner to cause obstruction to
other traffic.
o Picking or setting down passengers at points other than the scheduled bus stops.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 119
Item
o Delaying operation without cause
o Abandoning and/or alighting from vehicle without cause and or without informing Authority
o Stopping on / ahead of Zebra Crossing
o Not submitting roadworthiness certificate
o Not permitting transport authorities access to project facilities
o Damage to fixed infrastructure like roads and bus stops
Management information System (MIS) and ITS related infractions
o Delayed / incomplete / erroneous submission / non-submission of any / all of the prescribed MIS reports
o Applicable operations related reports e.g. vehicle productivity data - vehicle wise, route and trip wise; Data about
incidents / accidents / fatalities en-route along with cause-wise details
o Revenue data, way bill data, pox boarding- alighting details; concessional travel data, cost details
o Ticketing machines quantum in use, functioning, / serviceable / under repair and maintenance data
o PIS systems – serviceable / under break down repairs
o ITS equipment on–board and their serviceability status – daily bus wise and consolidated
o Bus fleet maintenance related data as per details and formats prescribed by the authority from time to time - a few
requirements are Fuel, oil and lubricants consumption data, Break down related data, Accidents related data ,Pollution
under control certification details, Noise checking data related to average life of aggregates
Any other violation of rules prescribed by the authority
Events of default – private
operator
Non-compliance with performance standards
Non-adherence with safety norms
Using the project facilities other than the permitted activities
Refusal of ply buses as per fleet deployment plan
Generating revenue from the project facilities, other than payment by the authority
Material breach of contract
Insolvency of the private operator
Non-replenishment of performance security
Failure to pay utility bills
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 120
Item
[Delay by more than 30 days in procurement of lot of buses]52
Events of default –
authority
• Non-transfer of project facilities required for maintenance and parking of buses to the operator despite satisfactory
completion of all conditions precedent
• [Delay in procurement of lot of buses]53
Consequences of default
• In the event of default, either party will issue notice to the other party and indicate a suitable time period, but not less
than 15 days, to cure the defect.
• Failure to Cure the defect may lead to termination of the contract
In case of private operator default
• The performance security will be encashed
• The authority will also make good from the private operator any costs, expenses, or losses it may have incurred because
of breach or failure on the part of the private operator
• Clear all dues pending to the private operator
In case of authority default
• The authority will release the performance security
Qualification criterion
Technical criterion
• Experience of operating Buses,
• Experience of operating Trucks, and/or
• Experience of operating Taxis
An experience weight may be granted on each of the categories, as shown in the exhibit below:
Experience weights
Category Experience Weight
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Higher weightage is granted to buses (both contract and stage carriage) then weightage to trucks and buses.
Suitable conversion shall be made based on size of the vehicle in terms of the details set out in exhibit below:
52 If procured by operator
53 If procured by authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 121
Item
PCU Factor54
Type PCU Factor
Bus 3.00
Mini/Midi Bus 1.50
RTV 1.50
Taxi 1.00
Truck 3.00
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x PCU Factor x Number of months of
operations in the last five years/12= XX PCU Years
Score for each category shall be added to arrive at the Total Experience Score. If the Total Experience Score is more than the
minimum Experience Score only then the bid shall meet the technical criterion.
Financial criteria
• Minimum Net Worth of [insert in rupees (in words)]55 at the close of the preceding financial year
• Minimum Average Annual Turnover equivalent to [insert in rupees (in words)]56 in the immediately preceding last 3-
5 years
Handover of assets
On termination of the contract, the private operator will hand over to the authority the project facilities which were
handed over to it, in good working condition, subject to wear and tear.
[Handover buses to authority at the end of the concession contract, in good working condition]57
Three months prior to the end of the contract, joint inspection by authority and Operator shall be undertaken and any
defects should be rectified
54 RFQP for cluster no. 2, 3, 4, and 5: Operation of Private Stage Carriage Services
55 This amount should be 15% (fifteen per cent) of the Estimated Project Cost of the project for which bids are being invited
56 This amount may be equivalent to 25% of the Estimated Project Cost
57 If buses were procured by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 122
MODEL CONTRACT I – GROSS COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model I – GCC
Roles and
responsibilities of the
private operator
Provide additional bus trips, as mutually agreed, on occasions, after getting written instructions from the authority
Timely submit invoice to authority as per prescribed format on monthly basis
Roles and
responsibilities of the
authority
Collect all revenues (from fares and passes) accruing from the project and deposit them in an escrow account
Timely make payment of O&M fee to the private operator
In writing, ask the operator to provide additional buses
Provide conductors in each bus to collect ticket fare
If the operator is not able to complete the route due to some en-route incident such as demonstrations, then it will
not be considered as a default on operator’s part
Terms of payment Receive the payment (per km) with tax deducted at source and any other taxes that are applicable from the authority
Private operator shall provide a detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km.
The payment will be subject to review depending upon the provisions in the contract.
Detailed breakdown of
payment terms
A detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km must be provided in terms of the following:
Staff labour costs per kilometre
Fuel, oil, and lubricant costs per kilometre
Tyre costs per kilometre
Repair and maintenance costs per kilometre
Depreciation and interest amount per kilometre
Taxes, fees, and insurance per kilometre
Other amount per kilometre (including equity rate of return for the operator)
Events of default –
authority
• More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the private operator
Consequences of
default
In Case of Authority Default
Clear all dues pending to the private operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 123
Item Model I – GCC
Bidding parameter The fixed fee of Rs XXX per kilometre, to be paid by the authority. The private operator quoting the lowest fee will be
selected as the successful bidder
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 124
MODEL CONTRACT II – HYBRID GROSS COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model II – Hybrid GCC
Roles and responsibilities
of the private operator
Provide additional bus trips, as mutually agreed, on occasions, after getting written instructions from the authority
Timely submit invoice to authority as per prescribed format on monthly basis
Roles and responsibilities
of the authority
Collect all revenues (from fares and passes) accruing from the project and deposit them in an escrow account
Timely make payment of O&M fee to the private operator
In writing, ask the operator to provide additional buses
Provide conductors in each bus to collect ticket fare
If the operator is not able to complete the route due to some en-route incident such as demonstrations, then it will not be
considered as a default on operator’s part
Terms of payment
Receive the payment (per km and bonus payment based on ridership growth) with tax deducted at source and any other
taxes that are applicable from the authority
Private operator shall provide a detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km.
The payment will be subject to review depending upon the provisions in the contract.
Detailed breakdown of
payment terms
A detailed breakdown of the amount payable per km must be provided in terms of the following:
Staff labour costs per kilometre
Fuel, oil, and lubricant costs per kilometre
Tyre costs per kilometre
Repair and maintenance costs per kilometre
Depreciation and interest amount per kilometre
Taxes, fees, and insurance per kilometre
Other amount per kilometre (including equity rate of return for the operator)
Events of default –
authority
• More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the private operator
Consequences of default
In Case of Authority Default
Clear all dues pending to the private operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 125
Item Model II – Hybrid GCC
Bidding parameter The fixed fee of Rs XXX per kilometre, to be paid by the authority. The private operator quoting the lowest fee will be selected
as the successful bidder
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 126
MODEL CONTRACT III – NET COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model III – NCC
Scope of the project Collect fare-box revenue from passengers travelled
Roles and
responsibilities of
the private operator
Collection of fare box revenue
Roles and
responsibilities of
the authority
If the operator is asked to change route by a competent authority due to some en-route incident such as
demonstrations, then the operator will be compensated by the authority for that route.
Monitoring
mechanism
Private operator
Share MIS reports and any other data generated through ITS with authority
Terms of payment Private operator shall retain fare box revenue
Timely payment of route authorisation fee to the authority
Events of default –
private operator
More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the authority
Bidding parameter The System Management Fee payable to the authority or receive grant from authority. The private operator quoting the
highest fee/lowest grant will be selected as the successful bidder.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 127
MODEL CONTRACT IV – HYBRID NET COST CONTRACT SPECIFIC ELEMENTS
Item Model IV –Hybrid NCC
Scope of the project Collect fare-box revenue from passengers travelled on all routes. In addition, on select routes, receive per Km O&M Fee. (The
O&M will be fixed by the authority)
Information list to
be prepared by the
authority/
Preparatory work to
be done by the
authority
Prepare a list of routes, and separately mention the routes on which bonus payment is applicable.
Roles and
responsibilities of
the private operator
Collect fare box revenue on all routes, and per Km O&M fee on Class II routes.
Roles and
responsibilities of
the authority
For Class II routes, pay the operator per km O&M fee
If the operator is asked to change route by a competent authority due to some en-route incident such as demonstrations, then
the operator will be compensated by the authority for that route.
Monitoring
mechanism
Private operator
Share MIS reports and any other data generated through ITS with authority
Terms of payment Private operator shall retain fare box revenue from all routes, and receive per km O&M fee on selected routes
Timely payment of System Management Fee to the authority or grant to the operator
Events of default –
private operator
More than a month’s delay in depositing the payment due to the authority
Bidding parameter The System Management Fee payable to the authority or receive grant from authority. The private operator quoting the highest
fee/lowest grant will be selected as the successful bidder.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 128
ANNEXURE II – GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF MODEL CONTRACT
Introduction
The model contract is a template contract for use in public procurement for city bus operations. The purpose
of this annexure is to serve as a link between the guidelines document and model contracts. It describes the
process to be followed by city managers to customise the model contract to city-specific contract. This
annexure assumes that city managers are familiar with the procurement process.
As detailed out in this guidelines document, the process starts with assessing the business environment. In
this stage, the external environment for providing public transport including profile of the city, competition,
review of planning transport system and planning documents, and review of policy, regulatory, and
institutional framework. The assessment of business environment has been discussed in detail in Chapter
2 of this guidelines document.
After assessing the business environment in the city, the next step is to plan the business model. This
involves network and service planning, setting service standards, planning infrastructure requirement,
revenue collection, monitoring and control, dispute resolution, and marketing and branding for the project.
The assessment of business environment has been discussed in detail in Chapter 3.
Now comes the stage to determine which Contract suits the city. Deciding the ‘right’ Contract is one of the
most critical aspects. Various types of contract types have been discussed in Chapter 4. On the basis of a
scoring-based decision framework provided in the chapter, the Contracting Authority shall select a contract
type suitable for the city.
Once the contract type is selected, contract parameters need to be finalised. These contract parameters
include procurement of fleet, contract duration, etc. The guidelines for selection of contract parameters
have been discussed in detail in Chapter 5. After selecting the contract parameters, the city managers need
to customise the model contract document to a city-specific contract. The exhibit below represents this
process.
Contract Timeline
In order to provide a broad overview of activities from issuance of Letter of Award to the operator to return
of the Performance Security after expiry of the Contract, the major milestones dates or stages or periods in
the Project have been represented on a timeline. The exhibit below provides this Project timeline.
Finalisation of contract document
Selection of contract
parameters
Choosing the right contract
Planning the business
model
Assess the business
environment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 129
Contract Description
The contract is divided into six parts namely Preliminary, Operations, Financial Covenants, Force Majeure
and Termination, Other Provisions, and Schedules. The parts are further subdivided into 33 Articles and
18 Schedules. This note provides the purpose of each Article, brief description of various clauses in each
Article and changes to be made by the authority to make it specific to their city. However, cities should
use their judgment while making specific changes in the model contract document.
Recitals
The Recitals contains variable elements including:
▪ The date of Contract;
▪ Details of the Contract parties;
▪ Area of jurisdiction of the authority
▪ Description of tender documents;
▪ Performance Security
Date
The date of execution of the Contract should be inserted here.
Parties
The parties to the Contract must be accurately set out here. The full legal name of both the Contracting
Authority and the Private operator should be inserted here.
Area of Jurisdiction of the authority
The area of the jurisdiction in terms of city and state should be inserted here.
Description of tender documents
The description of tender documents particularly the Request for Proposal and Submission should be
clearly identified by title, date and any reference number.
Performance Security
The Performance Security amount and details of the bank guarantee should be inserted here.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 130
Exhibit II-1 Coverage of Model Contract
Preliminary
Article 1 Definitions & Interpretations
Article 2 Performance Security
Article 3 Scope of Work
Article 4 Grant of Contract
Article 5 Conditions Precedent
Article 6 Obligations of the operator
Article 7 Obligations of the authority
Article 8 Representations and Warranties
Article 9 Disclaimer
Operations
Article 10 Buses
Article 11 Bus Depot
Article 12 Entry of Respective Lot of Buses into Commercial Service
Article 13 Operations
Article 14 Maintenance
Article 15 Monitoring of Operation and Maintenance
Financial Covenants
Article 16 Payment to the operator
Article 17 Escrow Account
Article 18 Insurance
Article 19 Accounts and Audit
Force Majeure and Termination
Article 20 Force Majeure
Article 21 Change of Scope
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 131
Article 22 Termination
Article 23 Divestment/Handback on Termination
Article 24 Defect Liability after Termination/Expiry
Other Provisions
Article 25 Assignment and Charges
Article 26 Change in Law
Article 27 Liability and Indemnity
Article 28 Rights and Title over the Project Facility
Article 29 Dispute Resolution
Article 30 Disclosure
Article 31 Redressal of Public Grievances
Article 32 Miscellaneous
Article 33 Definitions
1. Definitions & Interpretations
a. Intent
This article specifies what constitutes defined terms and the general principles that will apply
while interpreting this Contract.
b. Brief Description
Words and expressions beginning with capital letters and listed in Article 33 constitute defined
terms. This article also describes the principles which shall be used while interpreting the
Contract and how any ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract shall be dealt with.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
2. Performance Security
a. Intent
The Performance Security is provided to mitigate the risk of the operator failing to perform its
obligation under the Contract. This article specifies the details of Performance Security
including amount, duration of the security, and the conditions under which it shall be
appropriated and released.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 132
Performance Security has to be maintained by the operator, valid and in full force and effect
at all times during the Contract Period to guarantee the performance of its obligations as per
the Contract. The Performance Security guarantee shall be furnished by the operator to the
authority in the format specified in Schedule IV at least 3 days before the signing of the
Contract.
This Article also covers the details on the conditions under which Performance Security may
be appropriated. The amount of the performance security is calculated as 5% to 10% of the
estimated project cost which includes the capital cost as per General Financial Rules 2005 Rule
158 issued by Ministry of Finance, Government of India. In a situation in which buses are
procured by authority the Performance Security amount shall be higher in comparison to a
situation in which buses are procured by operator.
c. Changes to be made
The amount of the Performance Security as per Schedule IV – Performance Security.
3. Scope of Work
a. Intent
The Operator’s primary responsibility is to provide bus services. However, this shall require
the operator to also perform activities which support this endeavour and this Article specifies
the work that the operator agrees to undertake in this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The Scope of Work of the operator shall mean and include the activities outlined in this Article
and Schedule I.
The authority shall prepare Schedule VIII – Fleet Procurement Schedule and Schedule IX –
Fleet Deployment Plan before this Article can be customised.
The Fleet Procurement Schedule provides the number of Buses and dates on which the
respective Lot of Bus will be procured and put into service. These dates have been linked with
the Effective Date (fulfilment of Conditions Precedent).
The Fleet Deployment Plan shall be prepared as per the format given in Schedule IX using the
methodology described in Section 3.4 in the guidelines document. The Fleet Deployment Plan
provides a detailed route-wise plan including the number of buses per route, and the frequency
and headway time periods.
c. Changes to be made
If procurement of buses is done by the authority then sub-clause (c) to be deleted from
Schedule I – Scope of Project.
4. Grant of Contract
a. Intent
This Article specifies the provisions under which this Contract shall be awarded. The start and
end date of the Contract (Contract Period) and the start and end date of commercial operation
(Operation Period) has also be defined.
b. Brief Description
The details on what the operator is consenting to fulfil under this Contract and details on the
Contract Period including when the Contract shall come into effect are covered in this Article.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 133
c. Changes to be made
The length of Operation Period shall be added following the guidance provided in Section 5.5
in the guidelines document.
5. Conditions Precedent
a. Intent
This Article specifies the conditions that both Authority and Operator need to fulfil before the
Contract becomes effective. Such conditions are collectively termed as “Conditions
Precedent”.
b. Brief Description
A list of conditions along with the time period has been mentioned in the Article. Some major
ones are described as below:
i. Depot License Agreement – this agreement guides both the parties on how the depot
facility has to be used throughout the Contract Period. The Depot License Agreement
has been provided in Schedule V. The authority shall also determine the annual rental
amount the operator shall pay to the authority. This rental amount shall be a nominal
amount such that it does not create undue financial burden on the operator.
ii. Further, in Schedule VI, a list of equipment to be installed, operated and maintained
either by authority or Operator at the bus depot has been provided. Most common and
important equipment has been listed in the Schedule, though, the authority may modify
this list as per its needs.
iii. Authority and Operator shall sign an agreement with the Escrow Bank. The format of
the agreement is provided in Schedule XII. All cash inflows and outflows pertaining
to the project are to be carried through this Account.
The number of days within which these conditions need to be fulfilled is recommended to
be between 45 and 60 days. The selected bidder needs to incorporate an SPV before the
signing the contract so this time period needs to be given to the successful bidder. The
damages payable for delay or non-fulfilment of conditions precedent is also provided in
this Article.
c. Changes to be made
i. The number of days from the Execution date within which the conditions need to be
fulfilled.
ii. The number of days between progress reports on fulfilment of conditions precedent.
iii. The damages payable per bus for each day’s delay in fulfilment of conditions
precedent.
6. Obligations of the operator
a. Intent
This Article details out the obligations that the operator has to fulfil as part of this Contract
throughout the Contract Period.
b. Brief Description
The Article is divided into multiple parts. The first part discusses the obligations related to the
operator’s Scope of Work, then those related to the all the Agreements under and including
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 134
this Contract, and the remaining parts cover obligations relating to change in ownership
structure of the operator, and employment of staff.
The major obligations of the operator are:
i. Operation and Maintenance (O&M): This clause describes the O&M obligations of
the operator specifically pertaining to buses, bus depot, annual maintenance contract,
compliance with warranty terms, record and reporting requirement, repair and
replacement, inspection, and co-operating with the authority or a Third Party
appointed by the authority and allow it to discharge its respective obligations
ii. Project agreement: The clause details the obligations pertaining to all other
agreements as part of the Contract
iii. Change in Ownership: This clause describes Operator’s obligations pertaining to
Change of Ownership of the operator during the Contract Period
iv. Employment of staff: This clause describes the obligations pertaining to appointing
drivers and other staff by the operator. It also includes the minimum qualification of
staff. The minimum experience for drivers is considered 3 years as that gives the
drivers sufficient experience to operate the buses in a safe and efficient manner while
adhering to a schedule.
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 6.1.1 (a), (b), (z), (aa) requires change depending on whether the operator or
the authority is procuring buses.
ii. The duration each bus halts to pick up and allow passenger(s) to get off/board the bus
at the nominated Bus Stops. The duration called dwell time is recommended to be 20
seconds. Dwell time is proportional to the boarding and/or alighting volumes and the
amount of time required to serve each passenger. 20 seconds assumes 2 door channels,
9 passengers at the busiest door in each bus, 2 second passenger service time and 2
second for door opening and closing. The times are as per Transit Capacity and Quality
of Service Manual 2nd Edition.
iii. Clause 6.1.1 (n) requires change depending on whether the authority is sharing
advertisement revenue with the operator.
iv. Clause 6.1.5 (d), (e) requires change depending on whether the operator or the
authority is procuring buses.
v. The stipulated time period for notifying defects in any bus component or equipment.
The recommended time is 1 day.
vi. Clause 6.1.6 (a), (b) requires change depending on whether the operator or the
authority is procuring buses.
7. Obligations of the authority
a. Intent
Though the operator has to undertake the project, but there are many obligations that the
authority has to undertake for effective implementation of the Project. This Article specifies
the obligations of the authority with regard to this Contract.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 135
The obligations in addition to the terms and conditions of this contract and rights of the
authority is detailed out here. The major obligations of the authority are
i. The authority shall construct, equip, operate and maintain the Control Centre at the
Bus Depot. The Control Centre is equipped with ITS to monitor the performance of
the operator. On the basis of data analysis of the data generated by the ITS, the
authority will impose penalty on Operator and make performance payment.
ii. Regulate and oversee the management, planning and control activities with respect to
the network and service plans.
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.17, 7.1.19 needs to be changed depending on whether the
operator or the authority is procuring buses.
ii. In Clause 7.1.17, name of the city has to be added.
8. Representations and Warranties
a. Intent
A warranty is a representation by one party in respect of certain facts. Breach of a warranty
gives rise to a right to recover damages but does not entitle the injured party to repudiate the
Contract. This article specifies the assurances that one party gives to another party.
b. Brief Description
The assurances provided by the operator to the authority and those by the authority to the
operator is given here. The major representations from both parties are
i. It has full power and authority to execute and perform its obligations under this
Contract
ii. It has the financial standing and capacity to undertake the Project
iii. It has no prior actions, suits, or proceedings pending whose outcome may result in the
default or breach of this Contract
c. Changes to be made
i. The name of the city and the State to be added in Clause 8.1 (e).
ii. If the operator is not a consortium, make changes in Clause 8.1 (g), (k), (q),
iii. If the operator is a consortium, then names of all Consortium Members be mentioned
in Clause 8.1 (l), (m), (q).
9. Disclaimer
a. Intent
This article specifies the statements which are intended to limit the liabilities of the authority.
b. Brief Description
The major statements which limit the liabilities of the authority are
i. The Operator acknowledges that it has made a complete and careful examination of
the risk and hazards that are likely to arise in the course of performance of its
obligations and shall have no claim against the authority in this regard,
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 136
ii. All risks relating to the Contract shall be borne by the operator unless otherwise
provided in the Contract.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any change.
10. Buses
a. Intent
This article specifies the details for buses to be used under the Contract. This includes
standards and specifications of the buses, who will make investment in the buses, how
procurement or handover will occur, damages for delay in either procurement or handover,
what is required for readiness for the commencement of bus services, and, damages due to an
accident.
b. Brief Description
The major details of the buses included here are
i. The Buses of pre-defined standards and specifications shall be put into Bus Service.
The detailed standards and specifications have been specified in Schedule VII.
Schedule VII – Bus Specifications shall be prepared before this article can be
customised. The Bus Specifications shall follow from Ministry of Urban Development
Urban Bus Specifications.
ii. The owner of Buses shall achieve Readiness for Commencement of Bus Service. The
Readiness for Commencement of Bus Service means the activities that need to be
undertaken to ensure Buses are roadworthy. These activities include joint inspection
of Buses, procuring certification of registration, fitness, insurance, etc.
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 10.2 replace the word “Operator” with the word “Authority” if bus is being
procured by the authority.
ii. Clauses 10.3 and 10.5 are applicable only if procurement of Bus is being done by the
operator. Otherwise replace it with words “Intentionally left blank”
iii. Clause 10.4 and 10.6 are applicable only if procurement of Bus is being done by the
authority. Otherwise replace it with words “Intentionally left blank”
iv. If Clause 10.5 is applicable the amount of damages payable for each day of delay in
procurement of buses. This is recommended to be around Rs. 1000 per day of delay
for each Bus.
v. If Clause 10.6 is applicable the amount of damages payable for each day of delay in
hand over of buses. This is recommended to be around Rs 1000 per day of delay for
each Bus.
vi. In Clause 10.7, delete sub clauses identified in the footnote if procurement is done by
the authority.
vii. In Clause 10.7.6, the amount of damages payable for each day of delay in attaining
Readiness for the Commencement of Bus Service. This is recommended to be around
Rs. 1000 per day of delay for each Bus.
viii. In Clause 10.8.3, delete part of the clause if Bus is being procured by the operator.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 137
11. Bus Depot
a. Intent
The intent of this Article is to detail the usage of the Bus Depot throughout the Contract Period.
It details about the ownership, how handover is to occur, what equipment and facilities are to
be made available, etc.
b. Brief Description
The major details of the Bus Depot provided here are:
i. Details of the hand over process
ii. Equipment and facilities to be made available by the authority at Bus Depot and those
to be arranged by the operator.
iii. Obligations of the operator for security and safety at the Bus Depot
iv. Details on hand back process including what equipment the operator is allowed to take
away
c. Changes to be made
The number of days within which Authority shall address any deficiencies in equipment and
facilities at the Bus Depot.
12. Entry of Respective Lot of Buses into Commercial Service
a. Intent
Before buses can enter into commercial service, several actions need to be taken by both the
operator and the authority. These actions which ensure roadworthiness of the bus include
inspecting buses, obtaining insurances, etc.
This article specifies the actions required by both parties before buses can come into
commercial operation. Furthermore, the damages payable in case of delay from either party is
also specified.
b. Brief Description
The major actions to be fulfilled are:
i. Activities that ensure roadworthiness of buses is completed
ii. Obtain and maintain all Applicable Permits in accordance with the Applicable Law
and as specified in Schedule III. Applicable Permits are necessary to initiate the
project. They should be procured by the operator in accordance with Schedule III.
iii. Ensure that all requisite insurances under Applicable Law in accordance with Article
18 has been procured.
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 12.1.1, delete sub-clause as applicable if procurement is by the operator
ii. In Clause 12.1.2 a, delete sub-clause if procurement is by the authority.
iii. In Clause 12.2.1, the extension allowed for obtaining COD and damages payable for
each day of delay.
13. Operations
a. Intent
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 138
For providing bus service, the responsibility for various aspects such as fare determination,
fare collection, route setting etc. should be clear. This article details these various aspects of
operations of the bus services.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Obligations and Responsibilities of the operator while operating the buses
ii. Responsibility allocation in determining routes, frequency and schedules and in the
Fleet Deployment Plan
iii. Responsibility allocation for passenger fare determination and passenger fare
collection
iv. Procedures to be followed in the event of incident en-route
v. Permissible advertisement and the revenue sharing arrangement. There is no
straightforward answer to whether Authority shall contract advertising through an
outside agency. However, experience has demonstrated that most Authorities engage
an outside agency as they receive a guaranteed minimum or anywhere from 50 to 60
percent of ad sale revenue, without having to get into another line of work.
vi. Details on the training provided to staff employed by the operator including content,
duration and location of training
c. Changes to be made
Clause 13.11 is applicable only if advertisement revenue is shared with the operator.
14. Maintenance
a. Intent
For reliable bus operations, the buses as well bus depot have to be regularly maintained. This
Article specifies the responsibilities of both parties for maintenance of buses and bus depot.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Activities which are respective responsibility of the operator and the authority as part
of the maintenance of buses
ii. Activities to be undertaken by the operator for maintenance of bus depots
iii. O&M schedule that the operator has to follow
iv. Damages payable for breach of maintenance obligations
v. Process of reimbursement in case of damages due to vandalism
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
15. Monitoring of Operation and Maintenance
a. Intent
The Operator has to maintain a minimum performance standard in the delivery of bus
operations. This Article specifies the details on how monitoring of operation and maintenance
is to take place.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 139
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Real-time data (captured through ITS) and monthly status reports to be submitted by
the operator to the authority
ii. Circumstances that warrant submission of reports of unusual occurrence
iii. Parameters considered for inspection and evaluation of performance of the operator
iv. Remedial measures for any deficiencies found
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any changes.
16. Payment to the operator
a. Intent
This Article specifies the payment to be made to the operator as per this Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered for Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract are:
i. O&M Fee payable to the operator including what constitutes bus kilometres, basis for
payment, schedule for payment and formula for revision of O&M Fee
ii. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
iii. Penalty payable for delay in payment of O&M Fee
iv. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
The various aspects covered for Net Cost Contract are
i. Details on the System Management Fee that the operator shall pay or Grant that the
authority shall give
ii. Responsibility for deciding Passenger Fare and schedule for fare revision including its
formula
iii. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
iv. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
The various aspects covered for Net Cost Hybrid Contract are
i. Details on the System Management Fee that the operator shall pay or Grant that the
authority shall give
ii. Responsibility for deciding Passenger Fare and schedule for fare revision including its
formula
iii. Monthly bonus payment for routes classified as Class II routes in the Contract
iv. Formula for service quality evaluation and schedule for the same
v. Conditions under which penalties are levied on the operator
c. Changes to be made
i. In Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract, the number of days within which
payment shall be made from the receipt of the invoice.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 140
ii. In Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contract, % share for wage rate and fuel rate in
the PKOMF revision formula. In Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contract, % share for
wage rate and fuel rate in the Passenger Fare revision formula.
iii. The number of years the Operation Period can be extended and the requisite service
quality.
iv. In Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contract, either of Clause 16.1 or Clause 16.2 shall
be applicable if Operator pays System Management Fee or receives Grant. For both
cases, the amount received or paid shall be added.
v. The weightage of each parameter in service quality evaluation shall be modified as per
the specific requirements of the city.
17. Escrow Account
a. Intent
An Escrow Account is used to manage inflows and outflows of cash specifically for revenue
receipts and disbursements along set payment guidelines. This is done so that both parties have
assurance that neither would default on its obligations. This article specifies the details on the
Escrow Account to be opened for the Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Opening of Escrow Account and the minimum amount to be maintained in this
account. An amount equivalent to 2 months O&M Fee shall be maintained in the
Account as the payment cycle to the operator in full is of 2 months.
ii. Deposits to be made in the Escrow Account
iii. Withdrawals to be made from the Escrow Account during Contract Period and on
Contract termination
c. Changes to be made
i. The number of days from the Execution Date within which the Escrow Account shall
be opened.
ii. The minimum amount to be maintained in the Escrow Account (measured in the
number of months). The number of months should be minimum 2 months as the
operator realises the full revenue only towards the end of 2nd month for services
rendered.
iii. Clause 17.2.1 (c), 17.3 (e), 17.4 (e) shall be deleted if Buses are procured by the
operator.
iv. Clause 17.2.1 (f) shall be deleted if advertisement revenue is not shared with the
operator.
18. Insurance
a. Intent
This article specifies the insurance to be taken by the authority as well as the operator. The
Contract requires all insurances required by Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 to be maintained and
documentation on that to be provided to the authority in a timely manner.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 141
The various aspects covered are
i. Insurances to be taken include but are not limited to third party insurance cover,
standard fire and perils policy for any loss and damages to the Buses, Bus Depot and
Parking Space, and workmen’s compensation insurance
ii. Timeline for insurances to be taken by the operator and furnish proof to the authority
iii. Process of claiming insurance and application of insurance proceeds
c. Changes to be made
i. In Clause 18.1, the word “Authority” shall be replaced by “Operator” if Bus is being
procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 18.4 shall be deleted if Bus is being procured by the operator.
19. Accounts and Audit
a. Intent
This Article details the accounting requirements for the operator including when audited
accounts are to be provided to the authority.
b. Brief Description
The Operator shall maintain accounts in accordance with standard accounting practices and
statutory requirements under Indian Law and shall provide audited copies of such accounts
within 90 days from the date of close of each Financial Year. 90 days is a reasonable time for
the operator to close its books of account and audit them.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall not need any change.
20. Force Majeure
a. Intent
Force Majeure are circumstances beyond the control of both the operator and the authority.
This article specifies what constitutes Force Majeure and what shall be the consequences of
Force Majeure Event.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Acts or events that shall be considered Force Majeure situation including classification
of those into Non-Political Events and Political Events
ii. Responsibility of reporting Force Majeure Event
iii. Effect a Force Majeure event has on the Contract including cost allocation for costs
arising out of a Force Majeure
iv. Conditions for Contract termination following Force Majeure and the payment to be
made in such a situation
v. Conditions under which affected party is excused from performance of obligations on
account of Force Majeure
c. Changes to be made
Clause 20.8.1 (b) shall be applicable only if procurement of buses is by the operator.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 142
21. Change of Scope
a. Intent
The operating conditions envisioned for the Contract may change during the Contract. This
might require both parties to consider amending the Contract. This article specifies what
constitutes change of scope and procedure for initiating change of scope both by the authority
and the operator.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are:
i. Events that shall result in Change of Scope
ii. The details on who may initiate change of scope and limits on scope change
iii. The procedure for change of scope initiation either by the authority or the operator
iv. The responsibility for payment in case of Change of Scope
v. Payment to be made in case of Change of Scope.
c. Changes to be made
In Clause 21.6.1, the word “Operator” shall be replaced by “Authority” if the Buses are
procured by the authority.
22. Termination
a. Intent
The Contract envisions both parties to fulfil their obligations. However, if there is wilful
disregard of these obligations, the Contract should have provisions which allows for
termination of the Contract. This article specifies what constitutes Operator Event of Default,
Authority Event of Default, and the termination payment for these events of default.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The events which shall lead to Operator Event of Default and Authority Event of
Default
ii. Termination Payment under both Operator and Authority Event of Default
iii. Additional Payments for Assets defined as Asset Transfer Value if Buses are procured
by the operator
iv. Rights and obligations of Authority upon Termination of Contract
v. Rights and obligations which shall survive termination of Contract
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 22.3.1 a, 22.3.1 c, 22.3.2 b, 22.3.2 d shall be applicable only if Buses are
procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 22.3.3 shall require change if Buses are procured by the authority.
23. Divestment/Hand back on Termination
a. Intent
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 143
Bus Operations should go on smoothly regardless of the operator providing it. A plan to ensure
orderly transition from the operator to the authority and/or any successor Operator should be
present. This article details the obligations of the operator during the Transition Phase and the
handover of assets upon termination of Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The obligations of the operator during the Transition Phase so as to ensure orderly
transition from the operator to the authority and/or any successor Operator
ii. The assets which are to be handed over to the authority upon Termination and the
procedure for this
c. Changes to be made
i. Clause 23.2.3 shall require change if Buses are procured by the operator.
ii. Clause 23.2.8 shall be applicable only if Buses procured by the operator.
24. Defect Liability After Termination/Expiry
a. Intent
This article specifies the duration after Contract termination till which the operator has an
obligation to repair or rectify defects or deficiencies observed in the Buses.
b. Brief Description
The Operator shall have an obligation to repair or rectify at its own cost all defects and
deficiencies observed in the Buses for a period of 45 days after Termination Date/Expiry Date.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
25. Assignment and Charges
a. Intent
The Contract is not a saleable commodity. Assignments are possible only if there is written
permission from the authority. This article thus specifies the rights and duties that can be
transferred to a third party by both the authority and the operator.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. The restrictions on assignment and charges and permitted assignment and charges
ii. Conditions under which assignment can be done by the authority
c. Changes to be made
Clause 25.1.3 (a) shall require change if Buses are procured by the operator.
26. Change in Law
a. Intent
The Operator is obliged under the Contract to comply with all applicable legislation. The cost
of complying with legislation which is current or foreseen at the time of Contract is the
responsibility of the operator. However, the operator may not be capable of including in the
price specific costs arising from changes in law which are not foreseeable at the time of
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 144
entering into the Contract. This article specifies what constitutes change in law and what is not
included in it.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Events which shall be considered change in law and which shall not be considered
ii. Process for modification of Contract if such change has a material adverse effect
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
27. Liability and Indemnity
a. Intent
This article specifies the instances under which the operator and/or the authority shall be
indemnified against suits, proceedings, actions, demands and claims from third parties for any
loss, damage, cost and expense arising out of breach of the Contract.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. General indemnities against all liabilities or losses incurred
ii. Specific instances where the operator indemnifies the authority
iii. Process if there is any notice or contest of claims
iv. Rights available to Indemnified Party to defend against any claims
v. Limits to indemnities specified
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
28. Rights and Title over the Project Facility
a. Intent
This article specifies the rights the operator and the authority have over the Project Facilities.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Rights of the operator and that of the authority over the Project Facilities
ii. Restriction on Operator from sub-letting any Project Facility
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
29. Dispute Resolution
a. Intent
This article confirms a willingness by the parties to engage in dispute resolution amicably and
specifies the procedure for dispute resolution under this Contract.
b. Brief Description
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 145
The various aspects covered are
i. Basic process in case of any dispute
ii. Specifics on the process of conciliation, arbitration and adjudication
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
30. Disclosure
a. Intent
The Operator is required to allow access to the authority documents and records relating to the
bus operations especially those relating to safety of the Buses. This article mentions the
specified documents that the operator has to make available for inspection.
b. Brief Description
The Operator shall make available for inspection “Specified Documents” which shall include
copies of this Contract and data relating to safety of the Buses.
c. Changes to be made
This article shall require no change.
31. Redressal of Public Grievances
a. Intent
This article describes the procedure of recording and resolving public grievances related to bus
operations.
b. Brief Description
The various aspects covered are
i. Process of recording public grievances which shall include maintaining public
relations office with a complaints register open to public access
ii. Process of redressal of complaints which shall include inspecting complaint register
every day and taking prompt action for redressal of each complaint
c. Changes to be made
1. This article shall require no change.
32. Miscellaneous
a. Intent
This Article discusses various legal, commercial and technical aspects of the Contract.
b. Brief Description
The major aspects covered are
i. Obligations which shall survive Termination of Contract
ii. The laws which shall govern the Contract and place for jurisdiction of Contract
iii. Details on communications given by both parties including the language to be used in
notices given by one Party to other Party
c. Changes to be made
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 146
i. The name of the city shall be added in Clause 32.1.
ii. The name of the authorised officer shall be added in Clause 32.14
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 147
ANNEXURE III - GUIDANCE NOTE ON USE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
OBJECTIVE
A Request for Proposal (RFP) is issued at a stage in procurement process, where an invitation is presented
to the potential bidders, to submit a proposal for city bus private operations. The RFP process brings
structure to the procurement decision and is meant to allow the risks and benefits to be identified clearly
upfront, so that the bidders can factor in the same while responding to the invitation.
The RFP is aimed towards selecting the most competent bidder with the economically advantageous price.
STRUCTURE OF THE RFP
This RFP document for the “Selection of Operator for City Bus Private Operation” for Authority comprises
of the following:
a. Instructions on the Bid process for the purpose of responding to this RFP. This broadly covers
i. General Instructions for Bidding process
ii. Bid evaluation process including parameters for Technical and Financial Evaluation to
facilitate Authority to determine bidder’s suitability as the operator
iii. Financial Bid and Other Formats
b. Functional and Technical Requirements of the Project. The contents of the document broadly cover
the following areas:
i. About the project and its objectives
ii. Scope of work for the operator
iii. Functional and Technical Requirements
DATASHEET
The bidders shall be provided with the Data Sheet comprising of important factual data on the tender.
The information required herein are:
i. Name of the authority
ii. Date, time and venue of the Pre-Bid Conference
iii. Contact Details for requesting clarifications
iv. Bid Security Amount: The objective of submission of Bid Security Amount is to establish the
earnestness of the bidder so that it does not withdraw, impair or modify the offer within the validity
of the bid. This amount has been set at 1% of the Estimated Project Cost as per Model RFP issued
by the Planning Commission.
v. Selection Criteria: The criteria shall be “Per Kilometre O&M Fee (PKOMF)” for Gross Cost and
Gross Cost Hybrid Contract and “System Management Fee (SMF)”/”Grant” for Net Cost and Net
Cost Hybrid Contracts. The project will be awarded to the Bidder quoting lowest PKOMF for
Gross Cost and Gross Cost Hybrid Contracts. In case of Net Cost and Net Cost Hybrid Contracts,
the project will be awarded to the bidder quoting the highest SMF and in the event no bidder offers
SMF, then to the Bidder seeking lowest Grant.
vi. Date and Time for last day of submission for Proposal
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 148
INTRODUCTION
This section provides details on the background of the project, brief description of the bidding process and
the schedule of bidding process.
Background
The project background provides the following project details.
i. Background and need of services to be provided
ii. Project particulars including the estimated project cost, and duration of contract. The duration of
contract has been discussed in detail in section 5.5 of the guidelines document. The estimated
project cost shall be the capital cost of the project.
iii. The scope of work envisioned for the operator
Brief Description of Bidding Process
The Bidding Process envisioned is a single-stage three envelopes process. The procurement process has
been discussed in detail in section 6.2.5 of the guidelines document. The three envelopes process include
the following.
i. Test for Responsiveness: This includes a set of minimum documents that the Bidder shall submit
to express willingness to bid for the project. If the Bidder fails to submit any of these documents
then the Bid is rejected at this stage itself, without evaluating the Technical Bid.
ii. Technical Bid: This shall determine whether each Bid meets the Technical Capacity and Financial
Capacity for the Project. The Technical and Financial Capacity is discussed in Eligibility Criterion
section below.
iii. Financial Bid: The Bidder shall quote the Financial Bid as discussed in the section above. On the
basis of which a Bidder shall be selected.
Schedule of Bidding Process
This section details the schedule of the Bidding Process. The schedule includes:
i. Last Date for receiving queries: D(Date of issue of RFP) + 25 days
ii. Date of Pre-Bid Conference: D + 30 days
iii. Bid Due Date: D + 45 days
iv. Opening Dates: Within 15 days from the Bid Due Date
v. Letter of Award
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS
General
The general instructions including the scope of the bid, the eligibility of bidders, etc. are detailed in this
section. The Scope of the Bid provides details on who is eligible to bid .i.e. single entity or a group of
entities (Consortium) including the maximum number of members in a consortium.
The Scope also clarifies that the bidder shall submit only a single bid for the project and if applying
individually or as a member of consortium shall not be entitled to submit another bid.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 149
Documents
The documents which constitutes the bidding documents is detailed in this section. This includes RFP
along with all Appendices, Draft Contracts and Schedules. Any clarifications and interpretations that
maybe issued by the authority in due course of the bidding process will also be deemed part of the RFP.
Preparation and submission of bid
The format, signing, sealing and marking along with language is detailed in this section. The Bid Due Date
and procedure for modification/withdrawal of bids is also detailed in this section.
BID CONTENTS, ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA AND EVALUATION
Contents of the Bid
The bidders shall submit their bid in 3 separate envelopes put together in one single outer envelope:
i. Envelope 1: Test of Responsiveness
a. Power of Attorney
b. Bid Security
c. Details of Vehicle Permits
d. Jt. Bidding Agreement in case of Consortium
ii. Envelope 2: Technical Bid
a. Technical Capacity of the Bidder
b. Financial Capacity of the Bidder
iii. Envelope 3: Financial Bid
Eligibility Criteria
Technical Capacity: The Technical Capacity criteria demonstrates the technical capacity and experience
of the bidder. Experience in performing similar services as well as skill set gained from experience in
logistics and customer service is considered. The criterion has been discussed in detail in section 6.3.2 of
the guidelines document. The criteria considers the following:
a. Experience of operating buses: Similar service
b. Experience of operating trucks: Experience in providing logistics services, and scheduling,
operations and maintenance of fleet
c. Experience of operating taxis: Experience in customer interface, and scheduling of fleet
However, all experiences are not considered equally important. Higher weight is granted to buses. The
weightages for trucks and taxis are kept such that the product of weight and Passenger Car Unit (PCU)
factor is less than the same product for buses.
Category Experience Weight
Buses 1.00
Trucks 0.40
Taxis 0.80
Passenger Car Unit (PCU) Factor is utilised to convert all experiences to a single unit.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 150
Type PCU Factor
Bus 3.00
Mini/Midi Bus 1.50
RTV 1.50
Taxi 1.00
Truck 3.00
Experience Score for a given category = Number of vehicles x Experience Weight x PCU Factor x
Number of months of operations in the last three years/12
The Experience Score calculated for each bidder shall be compared with the Minimum Experience Score.
For calculating the Minimum Experience Score, the number of buses shall be 50% of the buses to be
Operated and Maintained by the operator over a period of three years. For example, if 100 buses are to be
Operated and Maintained by the operator, then the Minimum Experience Score shall be 450 (50 * 1 * 3 *
36/12) Years.
Financial Capacity: The Financial Capacity criteria demonstrates the financial capacity and experience
of the bidder. This intention of putting this criterion is to ensure that the Bidder has a minimum size and
experience to deliver the project. The criteria considers:
a. Net Worth at the close of the preceding financial year: The Net Worth should be 15% of the
Estimated Project Cost. This qualification ensures that the bidders have sufficient financial strength
to raise the equity and debt necessary for undertaking the project.
b. Average Annual Turnover in the immediately preceding last 3 years: The average Annual
Turnover should be equivalent to the 25% of the Estimated Project Cost. This factor is an indication
of Bidder’s cash flows and financial health
2. The minimum percentages have been decided keeping in mind that the Bidder may be involved in
multiple projects at the same time.
In case of Consortium, the Consortium members on whose strength Bidder shall be selected should hold
at least 26% of the equity in the project SPV. This would ensure that members with small equity holdings
are not included for the sole purpose of achieving qualification. In other words, only the experience and
net worth of consortium members with a substantial stake is to be counted as they alone can be expected
to implement the project successfully and bear the project risks. Qualifying a consortium on the strength
of a member who has a small equity holding can lead to unintended outcomes and jeopardise the assurance
of success that is offered by a member who has a substantial stake.
Evaluation
The evaluation shall follow the procedure described below
i. Step 1 – Responsiveness of Bid
Envelope 1: Test of Responsiveness shall be opened for evaluation and the authority shall
determine whether each bid is responsive to the requirements of the RFP.
ii. Step 2 – Evaluation of Technical and Financial Capacity
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 151
Envelope 2: Technical Bid shall be opened for evaluation for bidders who qualify in Step 1 and
the authority shall determine whether the Bidder has met the Minimum Experience Score and
meets the Financial Capacity requirements.
iii. Step 3 – Evaluation of Financial Bid
Envelope 3: Financial Bid shall be opened only for Bidders who qualify in Step 2. The evaluation
criteria here is as below.
3. Contract Type 4. Selected Bidder
5. Net Cost Contract 6. Highest “System Management Fee”. If no bidder quotes SMF then
lowest “Grant”
7. Net Cost Hybrid Contract 8. Highest “System Management Fee”. If no bidder quotes SMF then
lowest “Grant”
9. Gross Cost Contract 10. Lowest “Per Kilometre O&M Fee”
11. Gross Cost Hybrid Contract 12. Lowest ‘Per Kilometre O&M Fee”
The Bidder selected as per the exhibit above will be issued a Letter of Award
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 152
ANNEXURE IV - RESPONSIBILITY ALLOCATION MATRIX
This Responsibility Allocation Matrix should be taken as a guidance rather than a prescription.
Sr. No. Parameter Gross Cost Gross Cost Hybrid Net Cost Net Cost Hybrid
1. Planning
a. Route planning Authority
b. Infrastructure planning Authority
c. Passenger fare Authority
2. Buses
a. Procurement of Bus Either – Authority or Operator
b. Ownership Party procuring the Buses
c. Operations and Maintenance Operator
3. Revenue risk Authority Shared between
Authority &
Operator
Operator Operator
4. Infrastructure
a. Bus Stops
i. Land acquisition Authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 153
ii. Construction58 Authority
iii. Procurement of plant and equipment Equipment which has life greater than the contract duration and/or cost more than a certain
amount, to be procured and installed by authority. Remaining plant and equipment is to
be procured by the operator.
iv. Ownership, and operations and maintenance59 Authority
b. Bus Depot
i. Land acquisition Authority
ii. Construction60 Authority
iii. Ownership, and operations and maintenance Operator
c. Bus Terminal
i. Land acquisition Authority
ii. Construction61 Authority
iii. Ownership, and operations and maintenance62 Authority
5. Monitoring and control
58 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
59 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
60 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
61 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
62 Authority on its own, or a third party appointed by it
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 154
a. Control centre
i. Civil construction Authority
ii. Equipping Party by authority & Operator
iii. Ownership and Operations and maintenance Party procuring the equipment
b. On-board ITS equipment
i. Procurement and ownership Operator
ii. . Operations and maintenance Operator
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 155
ANNEXURE V – FLEET
Responsibility Allocation for Fleet Planning
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
private
operator
1.
Buses Planning bus fleet requirement - quantitative - category and capacity wise A / Ao
Setting Policy for serviceable life of buses, scrapping and disposal A / Ao
Setting up depreciation policy and depreciation fund A / Ao
Setting standards and specification of buses A / Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 156
Acquisition of buses – RFP, bid process management, ordering A / Ao PO A & PO
Inspection, approval and receipt A / Ao PO A & PO
Ownership and Investment in buses A PO A & PO
2.
Bus operations Service planning, setting trip schedules and headways – route wise
and service category-wise
Manpower planning – drivers
Arranging revenue collection
Financial Planning
A / Ao
Preparation of bus and driver schedules PO
Deployment of buses with drivers on routes PO
Tracking bus operation en route A PO
Checking bus operations en route for service quality, commuter complaints,
presentation of buses
A / Ao PO A & PO
Deployment of replacement buses for buses failing on road PO
Recovery of broken down buses to depot PO
Arranging for repair of buses at site PO
Attending to commuter complaints, incidents en-route, etc. A PO
Attending to accidents, organising removal of damaged vehicle, medical aid
to accident victims, preparing accident reports, etc.
A PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 157
3.
Bus fleet
maintenance
management
Planning for fleet repair and maintenance requirement - Laying down bus
maintenance standards and specifications;
A PO A & PO
Laying down policy about process for scrapping of buses and bus aggregates,
disposal of Scrapped buses, aggregates, etc.
A PO A & PO
Acquiring / developing periodic and preventive, condition based maintenance
schedules - their contents and periodicity; Identification and Segregation of
all repair and maintenance activities for bus fleets on the basis of complexities
involved, nature of plant/equipment and staff skills required; assessment of
quantum of workload and critical mass for each group of activities plant wise,
etc.
A PO A & PO
Setting up bus fleet maintenance management system e.g. A Two tier Unit
replacement based maintenance management system; Setting unit wise
(aggregate wise) norms for quantum of float of assemblies; Firming up
activities to be carried out at two tiers - viz at central workshop and at depot
workshops;
A PO A & PO
Requirement planning for stores and spares by developing consumption
standards of spares, etc. for reconditioning and repair / maintenance of buses;
A PO A & PO
Acquiring /developing specifications for materials / spares, etc. for
procurement and quality assurance;
A PO A & PO
Laying down inventory management policies, norms, etc. A PO A & PO
Procurement, storage, distribution of spares amongst user depots, accounting
of stores, disposal of obsolete and scrap items
A PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 158
Planning for repair and re-treading of tyres - quantum in each category,
process for re-treading and cut repairs, storage and distribution system,
scrapping and disposal of scrapped tyres,
A PO A & PO
Planning processes for repair and maintenance requirement / loads of various
activities at Depots and Central workshops;
A / Ao A & PO
Planning for and Identification of plant and equipment, machinery and tools,
etc. for depots;
A / Ao A & PO
Acquisition, installation and commissioning of such items at depot workshop; A / Ao A & PO
Repair and Maintenance of plant and equipment at depots A PO
Planning for and Identification of plant and equipment, machinery and tools,
etc. for Central workshop;
A / Ao A & PO
acquisition, installation and commissioning of such items at CWS; A / Ao
Repair and Maintenance of plant and equipment at Central workshop A / Ao
Staff requirement assessment category wise- skill level wise separately for
depots and central workshop;
A / Ao A & PO
Setting staff requirement norms for depots and central workshop; planning
for training and career development, etc. of workshop staff; ,
A / Ao A & PO
Planning for training and career development, etc. of workshop staff; , A / Ao PO A & PO
Recruitment, induction and training of technical staff at depot workshops A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 159
Recruitment, induction and training of technical staff at Central workshops
(CWS)
Reconditioning of aggregates, repair and retrieval of worn out items, testing
/ calibration of repaired and reconditioned aggregates, etc. at CWS
A / Ao
Repair of major accidental buses; fabrication of bus body items and their
fitments including, repair and maintenance /replacement of seats /
upholstery, body panels, glasses, etc.
PO
Monitoring and control of maintenance activities and functions, setting
performance parameters and bench marking their standards of achievement,
collection of data for various activities / functions consumption levels
including those of spares, fuels, lubes, tyres, etc.; their analysis, identification
of deviations / defaults compared to benchmarks for corrective action.
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 160
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options
Preferred
option
Why preferred? Action /
decision by
GCC NCC Combinat
ion
1
Fleet size per
Depot / per
operator
Maximum fleet size per depot GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
To be limited to about 100 buses for
optimal management and use of
resources
Fleet size, travel demand and depot
land / space guided.
While NCC faces Issues in
expansion, GCC conveniently
accommodates such requirements.
Minimum / maximum fleet per
operator GCC NCC
GCC+N
CC All
For operational, maintenance and
managerial convenience / improved
performance, fleet size per operator
be planned in multiples of depot
capacity in terms of fleet size.
One operator per depot, one make
/model of buses in a depot fleet
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 161
Requirement assessment process
Sr
nr Item Description Process / remarks / comments etc.
1 13. Buses
Process of assessment of bus fleet size
Basis of assessment of fleet requirement:
spatial, temporal and category wise travel demands –
daylong & peak period;
Service levels – span of operations, trip head ways
route wise, - demand directed and policy directed
Overall city wide travel demand, route wise
Average pax trip length
Assess overall requirement of standard buses inter-alia
considering:
o city wide travel demand in terms of pax km and
o supply capacity of standard buses in terms of
carrying capacity km (seated + standees)
Set acceptable range of operational head ways
Identify bus sizes /capacity corresponding to travel demand
and range of headways
Select bus size/capacity that meets the demand at minimal
headway
Allocate fleet route wise
Group buses around prominent origin- destinations for
allocation to depots
2
Fleet size per
operator – type of
permits and
general suitability
for NCC or GCC
Authority as operator – entire fleet with the authority /
operator
Private operator – on area permits - NCC as an option :
Clearly demarcated operational area essential with
minimal inter-area operations
Entire fleet to one operator per area.
‘Competition for market’ possible basis for Area
allotment
Further depending upon fleet size and operator’s
capacity for investment and management of larger fleets.
For lack of capacity as above - allot large fleets to
multiple operators in multiples of up to about 100 buses
– though fraught with all the ills of ‘competition in the
market’ and hence not a preferred option.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 162
NCC- could be considered for area permits and single
operator though still fraught with problems of
incorporating variations in services, etc.
Private operator –on ‘route permits’ :
Entire fleet for each route to one operator - NCC
‘Competition for market’ possible basis for Area
allotment
Yet dangerous and unsafe competition ‘in-market’
unavoidable particularly on overlapping portions of routes
and also fraught with problems of incorporating variations
in services, etc.
NCC generally unsuitable for route contracts - ‘in- market
competition’ being almost always unavoidable
GCC - the preferred option for route permits
Fleet size as per route demand and capacity of operator to
invest and optimally manage
Fleet size per operator normally synchronising with depot
capacity and further allotment in multiples of one or more
depot capacity.
No ‘in market competition’ even if more than one operator on a
route and or extensive overlapping of routes
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Sr.
No.
Assets Description / assets / activities Responsibility Preferr
ed
option
Remarks Decisio
n by Possible Options as who / which
agency suitable / should do
Authority Private Joint –
Authorit
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 163
y +
Private
1. Bus
fleets
Operation A Po A+Po Po A
Acquisition A Po A+Po Po
Investment A Po A+Po Po
Fleet ownership A Po A+Po Po
Insurance A Po A+Po Po
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including after
completion / termination of
contracts
A Po A+Po Po
Scrapping and disposal of buses
at the end of contract Po Po
Phasing out of buses
prematurely, if warranted, A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance at depot level
A Po A+Po Po
To be considered for large fleets forming
a critical mass for the workshop
Terms and condition for such
arrangement, cost of repaired aggregate,
revision of costs, warranty, etc. to be
specified
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 164
For smaller fleets – arrangement by
operator and acceptance by authority to be
firmed up.
Heavy repairs / reconditioning
at Central Workshop (CWS)
level mainly related to bus
aggregates
A Po A+Po A, Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 165
ANNEXURE VI – INFRASTRUCTURE
Responsibility allocation for infrastructure Planning
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1
Infrastructural
facilities
14. Infrastructure and other Facilities planning A / Ao
Depots
Identification of depot activities, Planning depot location, size, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Preparation of depot layout plans, designs, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Construction, provision of all utilities, etc. A / Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 166
Maintenance of depot buildings, utilities, etc. A PO
Planning for depot plant and equipment, its lay- out, equipment specs and
standards, etc.
A / Ao
Acquisition of plant and equipment, installation and commissioning A / Ao PO A & PO
Maintenance of Plant and equipment A PO A & PO
Terminals
Identification of terminal activities, Planning terminal location, size,
facilities, etc.
A / Ao
Preparation of terminal layout plans, designs, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Construction, provision of all utilities, etc. A / Ao
Maintenance of terminal buildings, utilities, facilities, etc. A / Ao
Bus Stops
Identification of Bus Stops location, size, facilities, design, etc. A / Ao
Land acquisition A / Ao
Construction, provision of utilities, etc. A / Ao
Maintenance of Bus Stops sheds, utilities, facilities, etc. A / Ao
2 MIS
MIS system design
MIS reports for management, monitoring and control,
Data compilation for future growth and PT services planning
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 167
Operations related info for monitoring and control of operations performance
and service quality delivery
A / Ao PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 168
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options
Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision by GCC NCC Combina
tion
1
15. Information
and
communicatio
n/
16. ITS-IT
Information is generated,
communicated and processed
using ITS/ IT –normally
installed ‘on –board’, on bus
terminals / shelters and in
control rooms in each depot as
well as at a central location,
Clarification needed about
division of responsibility and
the process of utilisation of data
/ information and coordination
amongst a number of operators,
service providers, agencies, etc.
In a multi-cornered NCC or
GCC systems – better to
have ownership of control
rooms by authority --
design, procurement,
operation and management
by out sourced agency (Pi),
Operators to share costs to
seek assistance of control
rooms / use info /data.
Recovery equipment –
owned by each operator and
suitably located – deployed
on obtaining alerts from
control rooms
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 169
Requirement Assessment Process
Sr
nr Item Description Process / remarks / comments etc.
1
17. Infrastructure –
quantum and
locations
Bus Depots
Assessment of no. of depots, their locations, facilities and
equipment, etc.
Depot locations near clusters of route ends /origins –
destinations for least dead km operation
Depot size - one depot of about 5 acres land per 100
buses for optimal utilisation of assets and for efficient
management of resources / operations –
Depot facilities on the basis of all activities envisaged in
depot, frequency of occurrence and cycle time of activities
Plant and equipment planned similarly.
Bus terminals
Terminal locations at transfer intensive stops en route
and or at trip origin / destination clusters
Terminal Size and facilities worked out on the basis of
quantum of operations, bus dwell times, bus terminal times at
route ends, etc.
Bus stops/ shelters
On both sides of the route at an average distance of about
350 to 750 meters adjusted to traffic concentrated demand
locations
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 170
Facilities to meet commuter needs
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Sr.
No. Assets
Description / assets /
activities
Responsibility
Preferred
option Remarks
Decision
by
Possible Options as who /
which agency suitable /
should do
Authori
ty Private
Joint –
Authori
ty +
Private
1 Depots
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction, provision
of utilities and commissioning A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A Po Po
Use of depot facilities A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance of buildings and
yard – civil assets A, Ao Po
A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao
Po to do this activity to the
satisfaction of Authority assessed
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 171
through outsourcing. Arrangement
conducive to avoid blame game.
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao Po A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the depot
/utilities, etc. at the end of contract
be handed over to the authority in
prescribed condition and accepted
by operator; condition to be verified
by outsourcing
2 Plant &
Equipment
Operation Po
Acquisition A Po A
Investment A Po A
Ownership A Po A
Insurance A Po A
Maintenance A, Ao Po Po AMC and its administration by
authority with equipment suppliers -
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 172
but blame game possible between
operator and authority
Po be made a party to AMC and
responsible for administration of
AMC and for payments
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A Po A, Ao
Likely condition of the equipment at
the end of contract be specified by
authority and accepted by operator;
condition to be verified by ‘Ao’
before taking over by owner
3 Moveable
equipment
Operation Po
Acquisition Po Po
Investment Po Po
Ownership Po Po
Insurance Po Po
Maintenance Po Po
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 173
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including after
completion / termination of
contracts
Po / A
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Given to contractor / Retained
by authority
Po Po
4 Terminal
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction, provision
of utilities and commissioning A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A, Ao A, Ao
Operations / management A, Ao A, Ao ‘A’ through ‘Ao’ - outsourcing
Use of terminal and its facilities A, Ao Po A+Po A+Po+Ao ‘Ao’ may be allowed commercial
exploitation of terminal assets
Maintenance of buildings and
yard, bus shelters, street
furniture, etc. – all civil assets
A, Ao A, Ao
‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’ -
to the satisfaction of Authority.
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
A, Ao Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 174
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
authority from ‘Ao’ till finalisation
of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the terminal and
its facilities at the end of contract be
specified by authority and accepted
by Ao;
Condition to be verified by third
party outsourcing before handing
over to ‘A’
5 Bus stops
Land acquisition A A
Design, construction, provision
of utilities and commissioning A, Ao A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A, Ao A, Ao
Operations / management A, Ao A, Ao ‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’
outsourcing
Use of bus stops / shelters and
its facilities A, Ao Po A+Po A+Po+Ao
‘Ao’ may be allowed commercial
exploitation of assets
Maintenance of bus shelters,
street furniture, etc. – all civil
assets
A, Ao A, Ao
‘A’ to do this activity through ‘Ao’ -
- to the satisfaction of Authority.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 175
Maintenance of utilities A, Ao A, Ao As above
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
A, Ao
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority from ‘Ao’ till finalisation
of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the terminal and
its facilities at the end of contract be
specified by authority and accepted
by Ao;
Condition to be verified by third
party outsourcing before handing
over to ‘A’
6 Control
room
Provision of built up space,
utilities and commissioning in
depots and at a central location
A, Ao Po A+Po A, Ao
Investments A A
Ownership A A
Insurance A Po Po
Use of Control room and its
facilities A Po A+Po A+Po
Maintenance of civil assets /
utilities A, Ao Po
A,
Ao+Po
Po /
A, Ao
‘Po’ to do this activity to the
satisfaction of Authority assessed.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 176
Arrangement conducive to avoid
blame game.
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
A / Po
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A A, Ao
Likely condition of the control room
/utilities, etc. at the end of contract
be handed over to the authority in
prescribed condition and accepted
by operator;
Condition to be verified by
outsourcing before handing over to
‘A’
7
ITS / IT and
Control
Room
ITS / IT equipment in control
rooms Pi
- Private operator for IT/ITS
System design, setting
standards, equipment specs,
acquisition, installation and
commissioning of all control
room equipment, hardware,
software and facilities
A,Pi Po A,Pi+
Po A,Pi
Integration of control room
equipment with ITS / IT /
communication items on board
A,Pi Po A,
Pi+Po A,Pi
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 177
Operation A,Pi Po A,Pi+Po A,Pi
Provision be made for ‘Po’ to
position its staff in control room and
accessibility for data acquisition,
attending to alerts, etc.
Acquisition A,Pi Po
A,
Pi+Po A,Pi
Investment A Po A+Po A+ Po ‘Po’ to share investments for use of
facilities and or pay usage fees
Ownership A Po A A
Insurance A Po A,Pi A,Pi
Maintenance A,Pi Po A,Pi+Po Pi
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
Pi
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A Po A, Ao
Likely condition of the equipment at
the end of contract be specified by
authority and accepted by operator;
Condition to be verified by
outsourcing if IT/ITS systems to be
given to ‘A’
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 178
ANNEXURE VII– OPERATIONS
Responsibility Allocation for Operations
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Bus operations
Service planning, setting trip schedules and headways – route
wise and service category-wise
Manpower planning – drivers
Arranging revenue collection
Financial Planning
A / Ao
Preparation of bus and driver schedules PO
Deployment of buses with drivers on routes PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 179
Tracking bus operation en route A PO
Checking bus operations en route for service quality, commuter complaints,
presentation of buses
A / Ao PO A & PO
Deployment of replacement buses for buses failing on road PO
Recovery of broken down buses to depot PO
Arranging for repair of buses at site PO
Attending to commuter complaints, incidents en-route, etc. A PO
Attending to accidents, organising removal of damaged vehicle, medical
aid to accident victims, preparing accident reports, etc.
A PO
2 Monitoring and
control of Operation
Monitoring and control of PT services A / Ao P A & PO
Planning for setting up a control room A / Ao A & PO
Provision of land, building and utilities for Control room, acquisition and
maintenance of the same
A / Ao
Equipping of control room with IT, ITS, Communication systems, fixtures
and furniture,
A / Ao P
Maintenance of control room facilities / equipment, systems, software, etc. A / Ao
Staffing, operation and management of Control room A / Ao P A & PO
Acquisition of emergency service equipment, e.g. recovery van fully
equipped, man power, telecom system
A P A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 180
Incident alerting - whom and how? A / Ao PO A & PO
Data mining and data analysis A / Ao PO A & PO
3
Marketing and
Branding of PT
services
Branding of PT services, design of logo, A / Ao
Marketing PT services - responsibility A / Ao PO A & PO
4
Dispute resolution
and grievance
handling
Planning for and instituting a dispute resolution mechanism - A / Ao PO
Planning for and instituting a Grievance handling system A / Ao PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 181
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options Preferr
ed
option
Why preferred? Action
/
decisio
n by
GCC NCC Combin
ation
1 Growth/ variations
in operations
Mechanism for handling growth /
variation of:
Travel demand- temporal and
spatial
fleet for an operator and or in
a depot
Routes
o fixed routes,
o route extension / truncation
o re-routing /variation in route
length/pattern
o Services
o Variation in services – trips,
headways
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
Details of mechanism to handle needs
related to growth / variations during
contract operational periods be decided
as part of business process planning
GCC handles such issues better
A
2
Socially relevant
revenue related
issues
Mechanism for dealing with
subsidised operations / tariff
concessions for :
Certain categories of travellers,
variations in categories,
quantum of concession, etc.
Quantum of subsidy and
mechanism – accurate
assessments
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
NCC
o Calls for an accurate assessment of
concessions and quantum of
revenue losses – difficult to predict
/assess
o Very difficult to:
- accurately assess loss of revenue
on account of concessional tariffs
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 182
Operation of socially relevant
but un-economic routes or trips
Revenue compensation
mechanism for above
- accommodate variations in
categories of such travellers /
quantum in concessions/ operations
of such trips / routes, etc.
GCC easily handles these
requirements.
3
En route -
Operational
environment
Route condition / behaviour:
Congestion on account of
increased traffic,
Diversions due to repairs etc.,
Bus speeds impacted,
Addition of bus stops /
terminals
Travel demand variation
requiring fleet size variation –
Increase / decrease
Privately operated PT buses /
mini buses / micro buses /
auto-rickshaws, etc. :
o Sharing of bus stops
o Addition of above PT
vehicles and their impact
on revenues,
Addition / removal of IPTs,
existing PT buses / bus
operators
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
GCC
Route speed at initial bidding along
with a mechanism for assessment and
the periodicity during contract period
Impact of speed variation on bus
fleet productivity and bus fleet size
Compensation mechanism for above
variations along with triggers if any
Similarly a mechanism for other
variations such as varying bus stops
/routes / terminals / other PT
vehicles, etc.
In GCC – comparatively easier to make
objective assessment of impact and
compensation if any,
In NCC
Very difficult to accommodate above
aspects
A
4 Accidents Implications of accidents – on
road and in depots GCC NCC
GCC+N
CC All
In NCC and GCC: A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 183
Legal and other expenses
during and after contract –
almost all cases take much
longer legal process to settle
than the contracts duration
Workmen compensation for
in-depot accidents
MACT compensation
Insurance of buses,
passengers, crew, etc.?
Insurance of depots and its
assets by whom?
- Responsibility clearly of bus fleet
owners
- Investment and ownership of buses
preferably be of and by the bus fleet
operators
- In- depot accidents – responsibility
of depot lessee /operator
- Security deposit / indemnification
for the authority?
- Insurance by operators/ lessees in
all cases
5 Performance
Performance parameters-
quantifiable and qualitative (non
quantifiable):
Service quality
Physical
Financial
Benchmarking,
monitoring,
defaults, treatment of
defaults
Data acquisition,
compilation, analysis
evaluation, report
generation, monitoring
and control
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
In all types of contracts-- Service
quality parameters, their
benchmarking, monitoring and
control essential-- by authority
Easier to obtain data, monitor and
control in GCC –payment system
provides a possible leverage
Very difficult to do so in NCC – no
leverage
In GCC, acquisition, processing
and monitoring of revenue data by
authority
Physical performance in all types of
contracts to be monitored and
controlled by operator – need for
suitable arrangement with IT- ITS
system provider / authority / control
room
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 184
Financial performance in NCC by
Pvt Operator and in GCC by
authority / Revenue collection by
private agency
6 Reconditioning of
aggregates
Division of responsibility
amongst multiple service
providers / operators for
development of facilities,
management and accounting w.r.t
reconditioning of bus aggregates,
and procurement of spares, etc. –
an issue
Creation of facilities for
reconditioning, usage in a multi
operator scenario, deciding and
charging rates of overhauled
items; assessing residual values of
repairable items, etc. – another
issue
Requirement planning of spares,
procurement of spares, those
common for depots and CWS use,
their costing / pricing mechanism,
- yet another issue
Various aspects related to
reconditioning of aggregates, etc. need
to be addressed for various types of
contracts as none of the private
agencies would have critical mass to
establish facilities.
7 Competition No competition GCC
GCC –
‘No
compet
ition’
Issues associated with ‘on road’
competition eliminated. A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 185
Unit rates for services obtained through
a competitive transparent open bidding
process
NCC –issues as brought out earlier
Competition ‘for the market’
NCC
NCC part
of
combinat
ion of
NCC and
GCC.
NCC –
compet
ition
‘for the
market.
Issues associated with ‘on road’
competition eliminated.
Selection of service provider through a
transparent open bidding process for
each of the operational areas.
Fraught with some of the issues
discussed earlier w.r.t NCC
A
Competition ‘In the market’
Not suggested to avoid
dangerous operational
behaviour of operators
Avoid
in all
types
As discussed A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 186
ANNEXURE VIII – REVENUE
Responsibility Allocation for Revenue Activities
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Revenue
collection
Planning for tariff collection system and mechanism - on-board, off-board or
both;
A / Ao PO
Planning for Manual or electronic ticket vending machines - hand held or
floor mounted; ticketing medium - paper, tokens, smart card and or any other;
etc.
A PO A & PO
Developing design Standards, specifications, security systems, etc. for
ticketing equipment
A PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 187
Revenue collection by authority and or by operator A / Ao PO
If responsibility of revenue collection of the authority -- decision about in-
house or outsourcing
A / Ao
By Private operator - in case of GCC
By Private operator - in case of NCC
Mechanism for engaging revenue collection agency A / Ao P
Ownership and investment in equipment A / Ao PO
Repair, maintenance and replacement of equipment A / Ao PO
Revenue and other data, way bill generation and communication to control
room, compilation, analysis, reporting and usage
A / Ao PO A & PO
Integration of tariffs with other modes of urban travel; A / Ao PO A & PO
Curbing revenue loss on account of pilferage/ticketless travel, etc. by on-line
checking, monitoring and control,
A / Ao PO A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 188
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options
Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision by GCC NCC
Combina
tion
1 Tariff and
payments
Tariff Fixing, structuring and
revision:
Basis of tariff fixation?
Whether tariff fixation based
on cost of inputs?
Revision ad-hoc / delayed /
inadequate
Gaps in ‘allowed tariffs’ and
‘input cost based economic’
tariffs
Mechanism for revision of
payments / triggers /
periodicity
Mechanism to bridge gaps
on account of above
GCC NCC GCC+N
CC GCC
NCC:
Process of tariff fixation,
structuring and revision to be
firmed up in advance along with
basis / triggers / periodicity of
revision
Mechanism for compensation
for delays / shortfalls, etc. in
tariff revision to be devised
Consolidation and provision of
accurate, reliable and relevant
data for the purpose difficult
GCC
Cost of inputs could be easily
and accurately worked out for
revision of payments along with
triggers for rate revision under
GCC
A
2 18. Revenue Possibility of linking payments
in GCC with operational load
GCC Modified GCC A modified GCC required A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 189
factor – a major issue related to
GCC – to be explored
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 190
Asset ownership investment, operation and maintenance
Sr.
No. Assets Description / assets / activities
Responsibility
Preferred
option Remarks
Decision
by
Possible Options as who /
which agency suitable / should
do
Authority Private
Joint –
Authori
ty +
Private
1 Revenue
Revenue collection agency in:
NCC Po Po
GCC A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Pr- revenue collection private
agency
Tariff collection medium n
equipment
Tickets- pre-printed, smart card,
on – board printing in:
NCC Po Po
GCC A, Ao Pr
Tariff charging equipment
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 191
Hand held ETVMs with GPRS /
GPS compatibility or Floor
mounted vending machines in
GCC:
In NCC:
Decisions about type of equipment,
etc. by authority,
Ownership, investment, operation,
maintenance, insurance, long terms
liability, etc. of Po
Operation A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Acquisition A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Investment A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Ownership A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Insurance A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Maintenance A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Long term legal liability in case
of accidents including that after
completion / termination of
contracts as legal cases take
long periods till settlement
A, Ao Po Pr Pr
Clearance or indemnity bond /
security / bank guarantee required by
authority till finalisation of case.
Treatment at the contract end:
Given to operator / Retained by
authority
A, Ao Pr
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 192
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 193
ANNEXURE IX – PERMITS
Responsibility Allocation for Permits
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1 Permits
Obtaining Operational Permits from RTO A A & PO
Route permit A
Areas permit A
Hybrid - combination of route and area permit A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 194
Identification of activities and decision making
Sr.
nr
Activities /
decision
area
Sub activities / Sub-
components for as part of
business process / decision
matrix / contracts
PT service contract options
Preferred
option Why preferred?
Action /
decision
by GCC NCC Combination
1
Permits for
bus
operations
Route permits and Route
cluster permits GCC NCC
Combined
contract =
GCC (for
inter-cluster
routes) +
GCC or NCC
(for intra-
cluster)
GCC
GCC
Avoids dangerous / unsafe
competition on – road,
Easy to vary fleet deployment /
service levels, routes, etc.
Easy to carryout route
deviations, extensions, truncations
NCC
Has problem of route
overlapping by multiple operators in
NCC even if one operator selected for
a route or a route cluster through
competition ‘for market’.
Causes ‘on route’ competition
by other route operators on
overlapping sections – dangerous and
unsafe
Very difficult to vary fleet
deployment / service levels
Very difficult to carryout route
deviations, extensions, truncations
GCC + NCC
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 195
Problems of dangerous &
unsafe competition persist on
overlapping sections of routes
Area permit -- single area for
the whole city and or multiple
Area permits–for a large city
NCC
NCC for
intra-area &
NCCs for
inter-area on
reciprocal
basis
NCC (for
each area)
NCC
Area permit contract awarded
through competition ‘for market’.
No dangerous competition on routes
Possibility of affording freedom to
plan routes in given area
Problems of inter area operations
need to be addressed
Problem of monopolistic behaviour
of a single operator in due course,
Difficult to clearly demarcate city
areas particularly in medium and
small cities
Difficult to find a single operator for
large cities
Very difficult to vary fleet
deployment / service levels
Very difficult to carryout route
deviations, extensions, truncations
Obtaining operational and other
data needed by authority for day to
day use and for future planning is
very difficult in absence of any
leverage with the authority to press
for such data.
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 196
Area and route permit
GCC
for
inter-
area
+
NCC
for
intra-
area
NCC for
intra-area &
for inter-area
on reciprocal
basis
NCC for:
each area &
for inter
area routes
(reciprocal
basis)
OR
NCC for
intra area &
GCC for
inter-area
Intra area as above and Inter area route
contract to ‘area operators’ on equal /
reciprocal penetration basis
Or
GCC
For inter area routes operations, NCC
area operators allowed to participate.
Problems of NCC as discussed earlier
persist
A
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 197
ANNEXURE X – PLANNING & CONTRACTUAL ISSUES
Responsibility Allocation
Legend:
Ao - Authority (outsourcing)
PO- Private operator for bus operation
Pr – Private agency for revenue collection
Pi- Private agency for ITS / IT
Authority – Activities essentially by authority
‘A’ – Authority for information / ensuring compliance / activity by choice
Yellow highlighting – to be decided
Sr.
nr Activities Sub activities / Sub-components
Responsibility
Options
Authority (A)
/ Ao
Private
operator (P)
Authority &
Private
1
Strategic Planning
of PT Agency
(PTA) for City Bus
Services(CBS)
Strategic Panning including but not limited to:
Statement of:
- Vision
- Mission
- Goals
- Aims and objectives,
Policies, institutional and Organisational set ups
Business processes,
Organisational structure and needs
A /Ao
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 198
Resources needs and provisioning
Financing needs and funding
Operational systems, and management
Monitoring and control
Any other aspect
2
Planning and
Setting Standards,
specs, norms, etc.
Planning for PT services including
travel demand assessment
spatial and temporal
short , medium and long term
service category wise
Route network and route structuring
Setting Standards for
Service quality
Buses
Vehicular emissions
IT and ITS and control room operations
Any other item / function
A / Ao
3
Concession
Contracts Planning and structuring of concession agreements
A / Ao A & PO
Risks
Identification of risks
Evaluation of and allocation of risks
Limits to risk transfer
A / Ao A & PO
Payments
19. Planning for payment mechanism and related aspects
Payment mechanism
User charges
Usage payment
Availability payments
Quality performance payments
A / Ao A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 199
Monitoring service availability and performance
Third-party and secondary revenues
Liquidated damages and performance bonds
Price variations
Governance issues
Flexibility Flexibility and in-operation negotiation A / Ao A & PO
Contract Duration Contract duration and investment
Contract duration and flexibility
Contract duration, competition, and incentives
Contract duration in service unbundling
A / Ao A & PO
Other Contractual
Issues
Refinancing
Early Contract Termination
Transparency and confidentiality in PPP contract design
Any other issues
A / Ao A & PO
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 200
ANNEXURE XI – SERVICE QUALITY PARAMETERS
Service quality performance shall normally be evaluated, monitored and controlled in respect of the following parameters amongst others:
Sr.No. Parameter
Parameter defined Parameter values Proposed
Weightage* of
parameters on a
scale of 100 Symbol Formula Units Contracted Achieved
1. Regularity of Service
i. Trips Operated Rt no. of trips operated*100 / no. of trips
scheduled % Rt Rtª 8
ii. Kilometre (km) operated Rk No. of km operated*100/No. of km
scheduled % Rk Rkª 7
2. Punctuality of operations
i. Start of trips–Origins Ps No. of trips on- time at start*100 / Total
no. of trips operated % Ps Psª 10
Ii Arrival of trips - destinations Pd No. of trips on time at destination*100
/ Total no. of trips operated % Pd Pdª 5
3.
Operational Reliability
(Inverse of rate of
breakdowns per lakh km
operation) --- Higher number
reflecting higher reliability
B 1 / (Total no. of breakdowns*one lakh /
Total km operated) Number B Bª 15
4. Operational Safety
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 201
I
General
(Inverse of rate of accidents
per lakh Km operation) --
Higher number reflecting
higher safety
Sg 1 / (No. of accidents*one lakh / Total km
operated) Number Sg Sgª 10
II
Severity
(Inverse of rate of fatalities in
accidents per lakh km
operation) -- Higher number
reflecting higher safety
severity
Ss 1 / (No. of fatalities *one lakh / Total km
operated) Number Ss Ssª 15
5.
Operational Security
(Inverse of rate of security
related incidents per lakh km
operation) -- Higher number
reflecting higher security
Z 1 / (No. of security related incidents
*one lakh / Total km operated) Number Z Zª 15
6.
User Satisfaction (Inverse
of rate of complaints per lakh
km operation) - Higher
number reflecting higher
user satisfaction
U 1 / (No. of complaints*one lakh / Total
km operated) Number U Uª 15
Notes
I. Regularity of services
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 202
It is measured as percentage of trips and km operated to those scheduled respectively. In this case the number of trips and km scheduled are the sum
total of respective operational schedules on a quarterly basis in their denominators, and actual trips operated and actual km paid for in their respective
numerators.
II.
Punctuality of bus operation
Punctuality indicates the level of on-time services. It is reflected by percentage of on-time start and arrival of trips to total operated trips in each case.
In this case, total number of trips starting / arriving late during the month is recorded and subtracted from the number of trips operated to arrive at the
on-time trips operated figures separately in each case.
A relaxation equivalent to 5 minutes, for start of the bus schedule, and 10% of the subsequent scheduled trip time (subject to a maximum of 15
minutes) for start of subsequent schedules and arrival of trips.
III. 1
1
.
Reliability of bus operations
This parameter reflects the health of a bus and in turn indicates the operational reliability of buses. It is assessed in terms of number of breakdowns
per lakh km (actually paid for) operated. Higher the rate of breakdowns poorer is the health of buses and lower is their reliability. Inverse of breakdown
rate is an indicator of operational reliability – higher values reflect higher reliability.
IV.
Safety of operations
It is one of the most important parameters. It is indicated in terms of number of accidents per lakh km operated. Higher the rate of accidents, lower
is the safety of bus services. Rate of accidents is assessed by dividing cumulative number of accidents by all buses of the operator by actual number
of operated km paid for during the quarter. The severity of operational safety is similarly assessed by analysing number of fatalities in accidents
instead of accidents in general. Inverse of accident rate is an indicator of operational safety – higher values reflecting higher safety.
V.
User Satisfaction
The citizens need to be regularly involved in evaluating the performance of bus services. Encouraging them to report freely about their observations
on all aspects of the bus services not only renders the system "an inclusive one" but also generates useful and un-biased feedback for necessary
corrective action. The complainant, however, needs to be informed of the actions taken, in least possible time, for his/her continued interest in the
system. It is estimated in terms of negative feedbacks/complaints received per lakh bus km operated. Inverse of rate of user complaints reflects user
satisfaction - higher number reflecting higher user satisfaction.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 203
VI. Operational security is also defined and assessed similarly as user satisfaction.
VII.
Benchmarking of service quality parameters may be done by authority based on prior experience or on the basis of experience of other Authorities
in other cities.
Bench marked performance levels of service, as an example, may be considered as under:
Rt & Rk ≥ 96% each;
Ps≥ 94%, Pd ≥ 92% (excluding the exclusions as mentioned in point II)
B ≥ 5 ;
Sg ≥ 10, Ss ≥ 100;
Z ≥ 100;
U ≥ 10
VIII. Formula for calculation of the variation in service quality has been provided in Clause16.2.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 204
DATA SOURCES FOR PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS:
Sr.
No. Parameter Formula Data source for performance parameters:
1 Trips Operated no. of trips operated*100 /
no. of trips scheduled
Trips scheduled – Data obtained from operational schedules prepared by authority
– trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules inter-alia indicates no. of trips
scheduled on each of the routes in operational area which would add up to sum of
all trips scheduled.
Trips Operated – Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise which when added reflects all trips operated – reports prepared
periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by authority and or by PO.
2 Kilometre (km) operated
No. of Km
operated*100/No. of Km
scheduled
Km scheduled - Data obtained from operational schedules prepared by authority –
trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules inter-alia indicate no. of trips
scheduled route wise and route length in km of each of the routes. No. of trips
scheduled on each route multiplied by respective route length provides route wise
km scheduled, which when added up for all routes indicates overall km scheduled.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid for”
reports
3 Start of trips–Origins
No. of trips on- time at
start*100 / Total no. of trips
operated
Scheduled start time for Trips at origins – Data obtained from operational schedules
prepared by authority – trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules inter-alia
indicates start time for each trip scheduled on each of the routes in operational area.
Trips started ‘on-time’ – Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no.
of trips operated (started) ‘on-time’ route wise which when added reflects all trips
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 205
operated – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by
authority and or by PO.
4 Arrival of trips - destinations
No. of trips on time at
destination*100 / Total no.
of trips operated
Scheduled arrival time at trip destinations – Data obtained from operational
schedules prepared by authority – trip wise route wise for urban areas. Schedules
inter-alia indicates arrival time at destination for each trip scheduled on each of the
routes in operational area.
Trips arrival at destinations ‘on-time’ – Data obtained from physical performance
reports w.r.t no. of trips operated (arrived) ‘on-time’ route wise which when added
reflects all trips operated (arrived at destination) ‘on-time’– reports prepared
periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by authority and or by PO.
5
Operational Reliability
(Inverse of rate of breakdowns per
lakh Km operation) --- Higher
number reflecting higher reliability
1 / (Total no. of
breakdowns*one lakh /
Total Km operated)
No. of breakdowns - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of
breakdowns en-route route wise which when added reflects all breakdowns during
operated km – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by
authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid for”
reports
6
Operational safety - General
(Inverse of rate of accidents per
lakh Km operation) -- Higher
number reflecting higher safety
1 / (No. of accidents*one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of accidents - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of
accidents route wise which when added reflects all accidents during operated km –
reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by authority and or by
PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 206
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid GCC, km operated may also be taken from “km paid for”
reports
7
Severity
(Inverse of rate of fatalities in
accidents per lakh Km operation) -
- Higher number reflecting higher
safety severity
1 / (No. of fatalities *one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of fatalities in accidents - No. of fatalities in accidents - Data obtained from
physical performance reports w.r.t no. of all fatalities in accidents during operated
km – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as required) – by authority and
or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “kms paid for”
reports
8
Operational Security
(Inverse of rate of security related
incidents per lakh Km operation) -
- Higher number reflecting higher
security
1 / (No. of security related
incidents *one lakh / Total
Km operated)
No. of security related incidents - No. of security related incidents - Data obtained
from physical performance reports with respect to no. of all security related
incidents during operated kms – reports prepared periodically (daily / monthly/as
required) – by authority and or by PO.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “km paid for”
reports
9 User Satisfaction (Inverse of rate
of complaints per lakh Km
1 / (No. of complaints*one
lakh / Total Km operated)
No. of Public Transport (PT) related complaints –Data for PT related complaints
obtained from: (i) PO – directly received by his office and or on line and or through
on-board complaint books, (ii) Authority – through similar sources / means
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 207
operation) - Higher number
reflecting higher user satisfaction
(iii) Government and or any of its departments – as and when forwarded by them to
PO and or to authority. Sum of user complaints so received reflects all PT related
complaints over a period or during certain operated km.
Km operated - Data obtained from physical performance reports w.r.t no. of trips
operated route wise and respective route length, which when multiplied indicates
route wise km operated. Sum of route wise km reflects all km operated – reports
prepared periodically (daily / monthly / as required) – by authority and or by PO.
In GCC and Hybrid contracts, km operated may also be taken from “km paid for”
reports
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 208
ANNEXURE XII – LIST OF INFRACTIONS AND PENALTIES
I. Bus related infractions
Sr.
No. Description
Parameter
Unit Contracted
(bench marked) Achieved
Category of
infraction Symbol Definition / Formula
1 Buses
1.1 Roadworthiness
of the Bus Rw
No. of roadworthy buses*100/No. of buses
in fleet % # $
1.2
Fleet Utilisation
(Fleet
deployment for
operations)
FU No. of buses deployed for operation in
time *100 / no. of buses in fleet % @ $
1.3
Attending to
breakdowns en-
route
Time limit for attending to breakdowns en-
route hrs 3
2 Bus maintenance activities
2.1
Preventive
maintenance
(PM) schedules
Pm No. of PM schedules carried out*100/No.
of PM schedules due % 100% $ C1
2.2 Cleaning of buses Cl No. of buses cleaned *100/ No. of buses
due for cleaning
% 100% $ B2
2.3 Washing of buses Ws No. of buses washed*100/No. of buses due
for washing
% 100% $ B1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 209
2.4
Roadworthiness
certification of
buses
Rc No. of buses attended for roadworthiness
*100/No. of buses due.
% 100%
$ C1
2.5
Pollution under
control
certification
(PUCC)
Pc No. of buses checked for PUCC*100/No.
of buses due
% 100%
$ B2
2.6
Other
maintenance
activities
Mo No. of buses maintenance activities carried
out*100/No. of buses due
%
100% $ A2
Notes
Benchmarked performance:
(#) 96% during warranty period (as per the contract signed with Bus Manufacturer); 94% up to 6 years from the date of purchase of Bus;
90% for the remaining term of the Contract
(@) 1% less than that of contracted values of roadworthiness of Bus. In other words, 1% of the Fleet from among the roadworthy Buses
shall be kept as reserve fleet at all times.
($) for up to every 2% shortfall in actual performance, Penalties would be levied as per category of infraction indicated against each.
Roadworthiness of Buses – considerations and pre-estimated damages- assessment
i. Buses generally operate in one or more shifts daily. They are shed out as per schedule of operations for various shifts. A
roadworthy bus ready for timely out- shedding as per shift wise schedules be considered available for that shift. Depot-wise/Bus-
wise availability of roadworthy buses is worked out quarterly for above purpose.
ii. Buses are not considered available in a given shift in any of the following cases:
a. A Bus not available for timely out-shedding as per given schedule for any reason.
b. A Bus breaking down en-route after leaving Depot as per schedule unless attended promptly and completes 90% or more
scheduled Km operation in that shift. Loss of revenue earning Km however be subject to recovery of pre-estimated damages
equivalent to net loss of revenue for lost kms.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 210
iii. Exclusions while calculating availability of Buses on quarterly basis:
a. Failure of availability of any Bus due to natural disaster, riots or such other reasons beyond control of Operator
b. Failure in providing Bus Services because the Bus is in police/judicial custody or for such other reason provided non-
availability of Bus is not due to an event caused by improper maintenance or negligence on part of Operator. Authority’s
decision in this regard shall be final.
iv. Pre estimated loss of revenue and damages for non-availability of Bus as above:
1. Failure to make availability of Buses as specified, renders Operator liable for payment of pre-estimated damages worked
out as under separately for each Bus shift, Depot and Operator.
2. For a preceding quarter, let “k’ (Km / shift / bus) be the average scheduled Km, ‘l’ as average load factor, ‘p’ passengers
as carrying capacity of bus and ‘t’ as tariff (Rs.) per passenger km, ‘r’ be Per Km O&M Fee (Rs), for the related shift of
a Depots, then net revenue loss (∆R), per bus shift, for non-availability of Bus is worked out as,
∆R=k*(l*p*t-r)
e.g. for k=120, p=70, l=0.70, t=1, r=10,
net ∆R in a shift = Rs. 4,680/-
Or ∆r – net average revenue loss per bus km = 4,680/120= Rs 39/-
∆k = Average kms operation per bus per hour (for an 8 hr shift) = 120/8 = 15 kms
3. Amount of pre-estimated damages be recovered from outstanding payment of Operator or from Performance Security as
the case may be.
v. Damages for delayed response to break downs en-route
Any delay beyond 3 (three) hours, in attending a failed Bus en-route, would attract pre-estimated damages equivalent to Km
lost multiplied by net revenue loss per Bus km. For example, a delayed attention to a failed Bus by 3 (three) hours would
entail a net loss of revenue equal to 2*∆k*∆r where ∆k is average Km per bus per hour and ∆r is average loss of revenue per
bus per km loss - ∆k and ∆r worked out as illustrated as above.
vi. Damages in general
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 211
If the operator fails to ensure Bus-wise 88% availability of Buses on quarterly basis during warranty period, 85% beyond
warranty period and up to end of 6th year from the purchase of Bus and 82% thereafter, Authority shall, without prejudice to
other remedies under contract, levy/deduct pre-estimated damages as specified above subject to a ceiling equivalent to average
revenue per Bus per day in preceding quarter less Km charges not incurred
vii. Operator agrees that above pre-estimated damages are fair and genuine pre-estimates and not by way of penalty. Operator
also agrees that he shall not dispute the same in any manner
Presentability of Buses and other infractions in provisioning of Bus Service
i. Presentability of Buses and other infractions in providing Bus Service shall be evaluated by recording infractions and
consequent performance deficiency damages/ recoveries.
ii. ‘Infraction’ in Bus presentability, for example, is an incidence of sub-optimal performance and / or non- compliance of
prescribed specifications and standards at the time of declaring a Bus roadworthy.
iii. Infractions can be identified based on visual checking at the time of out shedding or detected during field checking. Fresh
infractions, if any, occurring during course of operation of a Bus during that shift, are excluded.
iv. In the event of a Bus held upon account of any infraction e.g. poor presentability, cause /reason need to be recorded and
maintained by the authority and same shall also be noted by operator’s Representative before imposing any damages on this
account.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 212
II. Infractions and their categorisation related to different aspects of the project
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.0 Bus related additional infractions
1.1 Damaged /Missing window safety guard rails A1
1.2 Missing, damaged, or loosely hanging rub rails, hand grab rails, handholds, etc. A1
1.3 Section of hand rail loose or with sharp edges A1
1.4 Damaged or bent, inadequately fastened / loosely hanging bumpers B2
1.5 Modification of colours/designs of external paintwork vs originals B2
1.6 Discoloration, paint peeled off, and or unpainted repair work inside bus or on any of its items / sections A1
1.7 Defective, damaged, or another wise in operative wheel chair ramp, where provided B1
1.8 Missing, broken, or loosely hanging, seatbelts, or wheelchair anchorages B1
1.9 Damaged floor, steps, hatches, or hatch covers in the bus A2
1.10 Visible dents that are more than 5mm in depth and or 200sq mm in area A2
1.11 Missing / non-operative, saloon lights, indicator lights, wiper system, wiper blades, prescribed horn
& any indicating instruments (per item) A1
1.12 Installation of additional lamps, for illumination or decoration A2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 213
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.13 Defective head light B2
1.14 Defective front, and / or back brake lights; side marker lights B1
1.15 Damaged, broken, loosely fitted, incomplete or missing passenger seats B1
1.16 Defective operation of entry / exit doors B2
1.17 Defective operation or damage to emergency exits doors, non-availability of hammer for breaking of
emergency glass C1
1.18 Oil spillage on wheel rims, hubs, tyres, etc. B1
1.19 Defective and or inoperative PIS partly or fully B1
1.20 Installation of any type of decoration or non-functional items inside or outside the vehicle, not originally
installed in bus. A2
1.21 Installation of horn(s) other than that originally fitted in bus B1
1.22 Application of opaque films / paints, etc. on side, front or back windows / glasses B2
1.23 Use of worn out tires i.e. tread depth being below tread wear indicator (TWI) depth C2
1.24 Damaged or under/over inflated tyres C1
1.25 Dirty vehicle, outside or inside, at the time of out-shedding of bus and or at crew change at change – over
locations B2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 214
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
1.26 Unauthorised advertising material on bus / advertisements not legally permitted on bus B2
1.27 Excessive emission of visible smoke / abnormal noise of high intensity C2
1.28 Non availability of specified fire extinguishers, lack of charge of same, expiry date due or no specification
of expiry date C1
1.29 Non-provision of fire hydrants C2
1.30 Any other bus related infraction
2.0 Operations related infractions
2.1 Parking in places other than those established by authority B1
2.2 Not stopping at earmarked station en-route as scheduled A1
2.3 Stopping at a station and/or place not earmarked for route service and or in a manner to cause obstruction to
other traffic. A1
2.4 Changing the route of a service B1
2.5 Operating un-authorised hours or services C1
2.6 Picking or setting down passengers at points other than the scheduled bus stops. C2
2.7 Operating outside the established and designated routes C2
2.8 Delaying operation without cause. B1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 215
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
2.9 Abandoning and/or alighting from vehicle without cause and or without informing Authority. C2
2.10 Stopping on / ahead of zebra crossing A2
3.0 Crew (mainly driver) related infractions
3.1 Failure to carry on-board personal identification and / or vehicle registration book / any other vehicle identity B2
3.2 Failure to carry first aid kit C1
3.3 Refusal to provide information to authorised staff / passengers B2
3.4 Park bus dangerously / at away from earmarked space in depot C1
3.5 Cross a red light B1
3.6 Disobedience to lawful instructions / orders of designated authorities C2
3.8 Drunk while on-duty C2
3.9 Irresponsible behaviour causing an accident C2
3.10 Driving above prescribed speed limits B2
3.11 Invasion of zebra crossings B1
3.12 Carry companions in driver work area A2
3.13 Bus running out of fuel B2
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 216
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
3.14 Delayed reporting of bus breakdowns / incidents en-route (reaction time < 30 minutes) A1
3.15 Verbal or physical misbehaviour with passenger B1
3.16 Failure to follow or acknowledge instructions of authorised staff B1
3.17 Non wearing prescribed uniform, badge, etc. while on-duty A2
3.18 Non submission of defect / route incidents, reports, etc. on completion of work shift but before leaving depot
premises B1
3.19 Not carrying complaint book and or not presenting complaint book to passengers when demanded B1
4.0 Management Information System (MIS) and ITS related infractions
4.1 Delayed / incomplete / erroneous submission / non-submission of any / all of the prescribed MIS reports. A
few of such reports given here under:
4.1.1 Applicable operations related reports e.g. vehicle productivity data - vehicle wise, route and trip wise; Data
about incidents / accidents / fatalities en-route along with cause-wise details; C1
4.1.2 Revenue data, way bill data, passenger boarding- alighting details; concessional travel data, cost details, C1
4.1.3 Ticketing machines quantum in use, functioning, / serviceable / under repair and maintenance data C1
4.1.4 PIS systems – serviceable / under break down repairs; B1
4.1.5 ITS equipment on–board and their serviceability status – daily bus wise and consolidated C1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 217
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
4.1.6
Bus fleet maintenance related data as per details and formats prescribed by the authority from time to time -
a few requirements given here under
Fleet maintenance activities completion – due and completed – daily and as per prescribed
periodicity
o Preventive maintenance schedules
o Cleaning of buses
o Washing of buses
o Roadworthiness certification of buses
o Pollution under control certification
o Other maintenance activities
o Road worthy fleet
o Fleet Utilisation
Fuel, oil and lubricants consumption data,
Break down related data,
Accidents related data
Pollution under control certification details
Noise checking data
Data related to average life of aggregates
B1
5.0 Administration related infractions as related to applicable contract(s)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 218
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
5.1 Preparation of and submission of all reports / information as required by the authority from time to time. A
few of such reports / information are given here-under
5.1.1 Compliance with all statutes, rules, regulations, obligations, responsibilities as applicable to bus operations
and all its constituents and sub systems and or as prescribed by law and or by authority B2
5.1.2 Change of composition / constitution of the business entity / business / registered office/ CEO and or other
key officials A2
5.1.3 Capacity building of PT operations related crew / staff – quantitative (person days) and operational field
related as agreed / indicated by authority and/or with the training plan. C1
5.1.4
Non-compliance with the waste management or water recycling, defective sewerage system, leaking water
lines / pipes, defective wash rooms, dirty / foul smelling / lack of disinfection of sanitary fittings, defective
drinking water supply system / its sub components, defective electrical / hanging wires / lighting systems/
In-adequate illumination,
C1
5.1.5 Failure to make timely payments of dues, penalties, damages, etc. to Authority C1
5.1.6 Non-payment / delayed payment of wages, social security benefits like Provident Fund, pension contribution,
Employees State Insurance dues, leave salary, etc. to employees C1
5.1.7 Violation of business days, working hours per day, minimum wages, etc. and any other working conditions
requirements as per applicable legal / contractual provisions. B2
5.1.8 Failure to comply with the corrective and preventive maintenance plan as applicable to infrastructure, plant
and equipment and other facilities C1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 219
Sr. No. Description of the infractions
Category of Infraction
A B C
6.0 Any other infraction identified and communicated to Operator by the authority
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 220
III. Penalty for various categories of infractions and time period to resolve
Sr.
No.
Category
of
Infraction
Amount of performance deficiency
damages/penalty per infraction per
bus per day (in INR)
Time to resolve (infraction) as
under or as stated against each
infraction whichever is higher
1 A1 2X* subject to a minimum of Rs 200/- One day
2 A2 4X subject to a minimum of Rs 400/- One day
3 B1 6X subject to a minimum of Rs 600/- One day
4 B2 8X subject to a minimum of Rs 800/- One day
5 C1 10X subject to a minimum of Rs 1000/- One day
6 C2 12X subject to a minimum of Rs 1200/- One day
(*) ‘X’ represents per km O&M Fee payable for provisioning bus service as applicable from time to
time. Minimum value of penalty for each category would also stand increased proportionately (rounded
off to next higher ten)
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 221
ANNEXURE XIII – FARE FIXATION, STRUCTURING AND REVISION
INTRODUCTION
This Annexure details the basis for fare fixation, the method for fare revision along with fare structuring process. The annexure also details the bus input cost
review process along with the steps for amending cost of inputs in a Net Cost Contract. The method for fare revision has been detailed for Net Cost Contract but
is applicable for all other contract types as well.
1. BUS FARE FIXATION
1.1 User tariff
Bus fares / tariffs are user charges payable by bus user for availing of bus transport stage carriage services.
1.2 Basic unit of User tariff
Basic unit of user tariff is fare per passenger km travelled.
1.3 Factors for fare fixation
Generally user fares are fixed considering cost of inputs for acquisition, operation and maintenance of buses in addition to similar costs for transport infrastructure,
cost of capital and applicable taxes, fees, rates, etc. Affordability by users, return on capital invested particularly if a private entity provides transport services,
policy of local, state, central governments, etc.
1.4. Factors in Net Cost Contract
In case of PPP for provision of public transport services, under a Net Cost Contract (NCC), private bus operator (PO) considers all factors affecting overall costs
and revenues, profitability and sustainability of business of provision and operation of buses for PT and quotes a well-considered rate against requisite bidding
parameter say, System Management Contribution (SMC) rate . A transparent bidding process used for selecting a successful bidders normally brings out the most
competitive rates , for System Management Contribution (SMC) as bidding parameter, leading to selection of PO - other conditions having been satisfied. PO,
however depending upon the business model selected by the authority, does consider other costs such as those involved with provision of transport infrastructure;
some equipment and facilities to be provided by authority; monitoring and controlling of operations by authority including setting up, equipping, operation and
maintenance of control room; planning and administrative expenses of the authority, utilities and other applicable, rates and taxes, etc. besides any other expenses
for successful provision of PT services as all such expenses are normally recovered from fare box revenues mainly dependent upon user tariffs. Although in NCC
contracts, PO recognises cost of revenue collection as part of input costs for operation and maintenance of PT services, yet in the proposed system of fare fixation,
revision, etc., revenue collection is separated to facilitate incorporation of policy decisions, any other aspect related to provision of services, for example, to
socially relevant but un-economic operations / services, etc.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 222
1.5 Responsibility allocation for different cost heads
Sr
no.
Activities for bus operations in NCC and costs related
there to
Responsibility of / provision by Cost head including all
applicable elements of
costs (Rs per year) for
provision of PT and related
services
Authority
(A)
Private
operator
(PO)
Ao - outsourcing by
A
a
Travel demand assessment, overall planning, setting
route network, operations planning and scheduling;
setting bus fleet standards, specs and requirements;
benchmarking service quality levels, operators
performance parameters, etc.; contracting of various
services and contract administration; branding of PT
services, etc.; overall monitoring and control of all
activities related to PT operations; all administrative
functions, any other activities related thereto,. All
miscellaneous activities and contingencies for
provision of PT services. Costs for above activities
collectively termed as 'administrative costs' and
termed as 'A'
A - - A
b
Acquisition of bus fleets including investments
therefore, operations and maintenance of buses;
acquisition of set of tools, plant and equipment,
auxiliary vehicles, jigs and fixtures, etc. as decide by
the authority as part requirement schedule of PO - their
investments, operation and maintenance; upkeep and
maintenance of depot infrastructure, plant and
equipment procured and provided to PO by authority
and all other activities as decided by authority at the
time of award of NCC contract. Costs for all above
- PO - C
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 223
activities collectively termed as 'cost of inputs for bus
provisioning and operation under NCC' and designated
as 'C'
c
Acquisition of PT infrastructure such as depots,
central workshop if any, including investments
therefore; acquisition of / investment in plant,
equipment and other facilities of infrastructure for
handing over to POs for their usage, operations and
maintenance; acquisition of other infrastructure such
as bus stops, terminals, control rooms, etc. - their
investments upkeep and maintenance, etc.; acquisition
of set of plant and equipment, auxiliary vehicles,
furniture and fixtures, computers, ITS facilities,
equipment, their operation and maintenance, etc. as
provisions by the authority as part of authority's
responsibilities. Costs including operational costs,
consumables cost, maintenance cost; utilities costs
collectively termed as 'I'
A - - I
d
Cost of revenue collection includes those of related
hardware and software, communications, checking,
accounting, etc.
- PO - R
e
Return on investment (ROI) and cost of borrowed
capital, payment of 'SMC' to authority, etc. (Though
ROI, does not normally constitute 'input costs', yet
same is considered here as part of 'input cost' for tariff
fixation as the same is to be recovered from pax tariff
in NCC.)
- PO - B
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 224
f Total cost of provision of bus transport services in a NCC model under PPP particularly for user
tariff fixation, etc. T = C + R + I + A + B
1.6 Fare fixation in terms of fare per passenger kilometre
The fare fixation process described here in takes under consideration the input costs identified above to work out the fare per passenger kilometre.
i. Fix bus user fare considering all above elements of input costs including return on investment, cost of capital, depreciation, fees, rates, taxes, SMC,
etc. Bus user fare should be adequate to recover total costs as above.
ii
Fare per passenger km (F): 'F' be worked out considering benchmarked physical performance parameters (namely: Fleet size, category, bus capacity,
fleet utilisation, bus productivity, capacity utilisation) of bus per unit period, say a year. As physical performance of buses deteriorates with usage,
appropriate deterioration factors with respect to various parameters need also be considered. In the following case entire bus fleet is taken as new
comprising of type 1 (non-deluxe standard as per AIS 052) buses and fare fixation is demonstrated during first year of serviceable life of bus.
iii
Physical performance (benchmarked / contracted) and passenger kms serviced per yr. by the fleet.
Description units symbol
a. Avg. Bus fleet size during the yr. nos Q
b. Avg. benchmarked fleet utilisation % W
c. Bus fleet utilised during the yr.=a*b*365 i.e. no. of
days in a yr. bus days U
d. Avg benchmarked bus productivity per bus on road
during the yr. kms per bus / yr. K
e. Bus capacity seated + standees per bus nos N
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 225
f. Avg. planned capacity utilisation per bus during the yr.
=percentage of passenger kms utilised to bus capacity kms
supplied(=d*e)
% L
g. Planned usage or supply per yr. per bus on road in terms
of pax kms =d*e*f pax kms P
h. Planned delivery of PT services by contracted bus fleet
during the yr.=g*a*b pax kms D
iv
Total costs (as worked out at 1.5.f above) for provision of
PT services in NCC system as per benchmarked physical
performance parameters.
Rs T
v
Avg fare per pax km of PT service delivered = Avg. cost
of delivery of PT services per pax km during the yr.=1.6.iv
/1.6.iii.h
Rs/pax km F
2. REVIEW / REVISION OF BUS FARE PER PASSENGER KILOMETRE
The review process described here is applicable for all contract types but has been described for Net Cost Contract as fare box revenue forms an integral part of
the potential revenue for a private operator in Net Cost Contract.
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items /
elements
Quoted /
assessed
values per
year.
Quoted / estimated values in
terms of fare per pax km Revised Rates for
initial values
quoted / assessed
Remarks
F as %age of F
2.1
Bus fleet operations,
maintenance, etc. related
costs during the year as at
1.5.b
Rs C C F1=C/D (C*100)/(D*F) Cr
As per bus input cost
details provided by PO
during bidding
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 226
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items /
elements
Quoted /
assessed
values per
year.
Quoted / estimated values in
terms of fare per pax km Revised Rates for
initial values
quoted / assessed
Remarks
F as %age of F
2.2
Administrative and other
costs of / by the authority
during the year as at 1.5.a
Rs A A F2=A/D (A*100)/(D*F) Ar=A*Sr/S
As per revision of
Wholesale Price Index 'S'
to 'Sr' 2.3
Costs related to
infrastructure per yr. as at
1.5.c
Rs I I F3=I/D (I*100)/(D*F) Ir=I*Sr/S
2.4 Costs related to revenue
collection per yr. as at 1.5.d Rs R R F4=R/D (R*100)/(D*F) Rr=R*Sr/S
2.5
Return on investment (ROI)
and cost of borrowed
capital, payment of 'SMC' to
authority, etc.
Rs B B F5=B/D (B * 100)/(D *
F)
Br=B*(x₂*z₂ +
y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ +
y₁*2*z₁)
As per revision in
borrowing rates of SBI as
applicable to commercial
vehicles.
Weighted average of
prime lending rate for
commercial vehicles by
SBI on borrowed capital
and twice that rate for
return on own capital
invested. For
example, if borrowed
funds are 'x₁, x₂ ' and own
funds invested are 'y₁, y₂'
and prime lending rates
for commercial vehicles
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 227
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items /
elements
Quoted /
assessed
values per
year.
Quoted / estimated values in
terms of fare per pax km Revised Rates for
initial values
quoted / assessed
Remarks
F as %age of F
by SBI are 'z₁, z₂' at
bidding and revision
stages respectively then
Br=B*(x₂*z₂+y₂*2*z₂) /
(x₁z₁+y₁*2*z₁).
SMC payable to Authority
would also get revised at
above weighted average
rates.
Description Unit
Symbol of
various
items/elements
Quoted/assessed values per
year
Revised Rates for initial values
quoted/assessed
2.6 Total costs during the yr. for provision
of PT services under NCC Rs T T = C + A + I + R + B
Tr = Cr + Ar + Ir + Rr + Br = [Cr + {(Sr
/ S)*(A + I + R)} + B * {(x₂*z₂ +
y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)}]
2.7 Planned delivery of PT services during
the year in terms of pax kms = 1.6.iii.h pax kms D D Dr
2.8
Fare per pax km ('F')= cost per pax km
worked out on the basis of total costs
incurred for provision of PT services
by the fleet during the year and
Rs / pax km F F=T/D Fr=Tr/Dr
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 228
quantum of PT services delivered, in
terms of pax kms, at bench marked
physical performance parameters level
during the year.
2.9 Revised fare per pax km 'Fr' Rs/pa
x km Fr
Fr= Tr / Dr = (Cr + Ar + Ir + Rr + Br) / Dr = [Cr + (Sr/S) * (A + I + R) + B*(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) /
(x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁) ] / Dr
2.10 Variation in total cost Rs TΔr TΔr = Tr - T = {Cr + Sr * (A + I + R)/S + B*(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)} - (C + A + I
+ R + B) = (Cr - C) + (A + I + R)*{(Sr/S) - 1)} + B * {(x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)-1}
2.11 Percentage variation in fare
per pax km % FΔr
Δr = (Fr - F) * 100 / F = [(Tr / Dr) - (T / D)] * 100 / (T / D) = [(Tr * D / T * Dr) - 1] * 100 =
[{{(Cr + (Sr / S) * (A + I + R) + B * (x₂*z₂ + y₂*2*z₂) / (x₁z₁ + y₁*2*z₁)) * D} / {Dr * (C + A
+ I + R + B)}} - 1] * 100
2.12
Notes:
i. 'C' = Input Cost of bus operation, maintenance, etc., for the fleet during the year as submitted by the contracted NCC bidder during competitive
bidding process and accepted by authority.
ii. 'Cr' = Revised cost of bus operation and maintenance, etc., for the fleet during the year, as per process of revision placed at Annexure 1.
iii. A, I, R, B = Represent costs as brought out at sr nrs. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 respectively in table. Ar, Ir, Rr, Br represent revised costs of A, I, R, B
respectively. Cost revision is based upon variation in Whole Sale Price Indices for A, I, R and that of prime lending rate for commercial vehicles by
SBI for 'B'.
iv. S and Sr: 'S' - whole sale price index initial, at the time of fixation of fares, and 'Sr'- whole sale price index at the time of fare revision.
v. 'T' and Tr : 'T' & 'Tr' - Total (all inclusive) costs, during the year, for providing bus services initially and at the time of fare revision respectively.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 229
vi. 'D' & 'Dr' : 'D' and 'Dr' respectively represent, initial and revised quantum of PT services planned / delivered, in terms of pax kilometres during the
year, at benchmarked physical performance parameters levels.
vii.'F' & ‘Fr’: 'F' &'Fr' - Fares per pax km initial and revised respectively.
viii. 'TΔr' & 'FΔr' : 'TΔr' & 'FΔr' represent variation in total cost and variation in fare per pax km (%) respectively between initial workout stage and
the revision stage
3. FARE REVISION / MODIFICATION IN NCC CONTRACTS FOR SERVICE QUALITY VARIATION
3.1 Revised fare i.e. 'Fr' modified for service quality variations = Frqs
3.1.1 Service quality variation =Qsv = (Qsa - Qsc) / Qsc
where Qsa = actual service quality score over the period of preceding three months & Qsc = contracted service quality score
3.2
Revised fare per pax km incorporating variation in service quality=Frqs:
Frqs = Fr * (1+service quality variation element) or
Frqs = Fr * (1+Qsv) where Qsv value shall be limited to actual or ± 10% which ever absolute value is lower.
For negative value of Qvs, only 60% of Qvs is to be considered in revision.
4. ASSESSMENT OF SERVICE QUALITY VARIATIONS
The assessment of service quality variation shall be done as per details given separately for service quality performance.
5. FARE STRUCTURING – NEED, PROCESS, AND EVALUATION OF STRUCTURED FARE
5.1. Fare Structuring
As discussed earlier basic unit of PT user tariff / fare charged for use of PT services is fare per pax km (F). During the process of fare fixation, 'F' may work out
as a whole number or a whole number followed by a fraction thereof e.g. Rs 1.29 per pax km. Similarly passengers travel trip lengths (in terms of pax kms) which
may also be whole nos and or fraction thereof e.g.8.76 kms. In such a situation working out chargeable fares from passengers would invariably cause operational
and handling inconvenience, journey time delays and other difficulties both for passengers and the tariff collectors. To address such issues PT routes are divided
into a number of fare stages appropriately placed and further adjusted for easy accessibility of passengers from residential, institutional, educational and other
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 230
traffic generation locations. Further basic fares are rounded off for operational ease and accordingly pax tariffs are decided stage wise. This process is generally
termed as 'fare structuring' and fares so decided constitute 'fare structures'.
Fare structures may be as simple as flat fare structure - charging one fare from all passengers irrespective of journey time or travel trip length. Fare structure may
also be designed as stage wise fare and or telescopic fare structure and or any other variation / combinations. In case of telescopic structures, user tariffs tend to
decrease with increasing trip lengths.
Fare structures prepared as above need to be evaluated to ensure that revenue generation remains in line with that planned while fixing basic fare i.e. fare per
passenger km. The process of evaluation of fare structures is also discussed along with the process of fare structuring.
5.2 Fare Structuring and fare structure evaluation to ensure that revenue from structured fares match fare fixed / revised in terms of fare per pax
kms
The fare structuring assumes the total distance for the route is SL8. A passenger who has travelled a distance more than SL4 but less than SL5 would fall under
fare stage 5 and would pay fare f5 and is assumed to have travelled a distance SL5. Thus, the average kilometres paid for by passengers falling under this fare stage
is SL5.
Fare
Stage
no.
Fare Slab Stages
Present
fare Rs
per pax
per slab
Avg. pax
kms paid for
Revenue
per stage
Rs
Fare option I -
Flat Fare=T₁
Fare option II - 2 slab
fares=T₂ & T₃
Fare option III -
Stage wise fares =
T₄ to T₁₁
From
(km)
To
(km)
Pax per
period for
each
distance
Revenue per
period at Flat
Fare = RT₁
Revenue per period at
slab wise fares = RT₂₃
Revenue per
period at stage
wise Fares = RT₄
to RT₁₁
i ii iii iv pk = ii * iii r = iii * iv RT₁ RT₂₃ RT₄₁₁
1 0 SL1 p₁ f₁ SL1p₁ r₁
RT₁ = T₁ * ∑(p₁
to p₈) RT₂=T₂*(p₁+p₂+p₃+p₄)
RT₄=T₄*p₁
2 SL1 SL₂ p₂ f₂ SL2p₂ r₂ RT₅=T₅*p₂
3 SL₂ SL₃ p₃ f₃ SL3p₃ r₃ RT₆=T₆*p₃
4 SL₃ SL₄ p₄ f₄ SL4p₄ r₄ RT₇=T₇*p₄
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 231
5 SL₄ SL₅ p₅ f₅ SL5p₅ r₅
RT₃=T₃*(p₅+p₆+p₇+p₈)
RT₈=T₈*p₅
6 SL₅ SL₆ p₆ f₆ SL6p₆ r₆ RT₉=T₉*p₆
7 SL₆ SL₇ p₇ f₇ SL7p₇ r₇ RT₁₀=T₁₀*p₇
8 SL₇ SL₈ p₈ f₈ SL8p₈ r₈ RT₁₁=T₁₁*p₈
Total p = ∑(p₁ to
p₈)
pk =
∑(SL1p₁ to
SL8p₈)
r=∑(r₁ to
r₈) RT₁=T₁ * p RT₂₃=RT₂+RT₃
RT₄₁₁ = ∑(RT₄ to
RT₁₁)
5.3 Average fare box revenue per passenger kilometre with respect to each option
F=r/pk F₁=RT₁ / pk F₂₃= RT₂₃ / pk F₄₁₁= RT₄₁₁ / pk
5.4 Fare Structuring Process Illustration
Fare
Stage
no.
Fare Slab Stages
Present fare Rs
per pax per slab63
Avg. pax kms
paid for
Revenue per
stage Rs
Fare structure
options at 'F' =
1.50 per pax
km
Fare option I --
Flat Fare=T₁
Fare option
II -2 slab
fares=T₂ &
T₃
Fare option
III - Stage
wise fares=
T₄ to T₁₁
63 Assumed from existing fare structures from different locations in India
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 232
From
(km) To (km)
Pax per period
for each
distance
Revenue per
period at Flat
Fare = RT₁
Revenue per
period at
slab wise
fares =
RT₂₃
Revenue per
period at
stage wise
Fares = RT₄
to RT₁₁
i ii iii iv pk = ii * iii r = iii * iv RT₁ RT₂₃ RT₄₁₁
1 0 2 15 3 30 45
10
10
5
2 2 4 10 5 40 50 8
3 4 6 25 7 150 175 10
4 6 8 12 9 96 108 12
5 8 10 13 11 130 143
15
15
6 10 12 11 12 132 132 17
7 12 14 8 13 112 104 20
8 14 16 6 14 96 84 20
5.4.1 Totals
i Total pax 100
ii Total pax kms paid for 786
iii Total revenue Rs 841 1000 1190 1211
iv Planned fare per pax km 'F' Rs 1.10 1.50 1.50 1.50
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 233
v Tariff per pax km Rs ('Fc') for structured fares 1.07 1.27 1.51 1.54
5.5 Comparisons of fare per pax km planned('F') and that obtained 'Fc' in various fare
structures
Almost
matches
with 'F'
Fc' < 'F' -- fare
structuring
need to be
improved. For
example flat
fare fixed as Rs
12/- per pax,
'Fc' works to Rs
1.54 per pax
km. which is in
the range of
that planned i.e.
'F'=Rs1.50/-
and thus should
be accepted
Fc' ≥ ‘F’ i.e.
Rs 1.51/- as
obtained
using
structured
fare is equal
to that
planned i.e.
'F' = Rs
1.50/- . Fare
structuring
should be
acceptable.
Fc' ≥ ‘F’ i.e.
Rs 1.54/- as
obtained
using
structured
fare is more
than that
planned i.e.
'F' = Rs
1.50/- . Fare
structuring
should be
acceptable.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 234
6. BUS INPUT COST REVIEW PROCESS
6.1. Bus input cost is the cost of operation, maintenance, etc. incurred by a Private operator (PO) for provision of buses for a Public Transport (PT) as
contracted and or revised by the authority, to operate passenger transport services in the operational area of the authority on routes, trips, timings, schedules, etc.
and as per other terms and conditions as finalised. SMC by PO is fixed in terms of Rupees per revenue earning km operated by a bus. Beginning and end of
revenue earning km shall generally be the start/end points of designated route(s) and or locations as finalised by the authority. SMC would automatically stand
revised in line with revision in parameter 'B' of fare revision elements.
6.2. Service quality performance shall be computed in respect of parameters and as per procedure detailed at Annexure XI of the document.
6.3. Authority shall initially mention, then applicable tariff structure for PT services, in the RFP and fix SMC on the basis of open tenders and or by any other
method / procedure decided by the authority.
6.4. While quoting rates, bidders have to provide cost element wise break up of input cost besides composite cost of operation and maintenance, etc. per km.
Benchmarked Service Quality performance levels for various parameters, process / formula, periodicity of assessment in each case as well as formula to assess
variation in overall service quality would form part of RFP document in a prescribed format. PO agrees to deliver service quality performance in respect of various
service quality parameters and its use in reviewing tariffs and SMC.
6.5. Above cost break up and the performance shall be used for amending the rate periodically.
6.6. PT tariffs in NCC system shall be amended periodically on the basis of variation in input costs and or performance of PO, particularly with reference to
service quality parameters, achieved during the period for revision of tariffs. Contracted parameters / cost data shall also be considered for review of user tariffs.
6.7. Initially quoted rate for SMC shall remain firm for a minimum period of six months from the date of induction of first bus of the PO.
6.8. Performance of PO shall be regularly monitored for various parameters during above period. On basis of performance during last month of above period,
and the input cost per km, Authority would consider tariff revision subject to approval by the concerned Government / Agency. However tariff review would be
undertaken once in six / twelve months or later subject to variation in cost inputs and or service quality performance exceeding ---- % of previous levels. Revised
rate shall be applicable during the following period. This process shall be followed thereafter unless quality performance levels warrant otherwise, in which case
review / revision of tariff rates or any other action deemed fit may be undertaken earlier by the authority.
6.9. Revision of tariff and SMC shall be undertaken as per formula given in tender document.
6.10. Quality performance for the purpose of tariff rate revision shall be taken for total bus fleet deployed by PO.
6.11. Responsibility for highlighting/submitting details of variations in cost of inputs shall be that of the PO and that for assessment of service quality
performance shall be of the authority.
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 235
6.12. Tariff / SMC rates fixed and or modified herein would remain valid only for present contract. Should for any subsequent contracts the rates, terms and
conditions obtained are more beneficial to Authority, later (Authority)) shall have the right to implement the same for existing PO who shall be obliged to
accept the same failing which Authority may take action against the concerned PO as deemed fit.
6.13. Authority shall have right/option to ask PO to deploy more buses (up to 25% of the currently deployed quantum of buses within one year of induction
of first bus) from existing PO as per rates, terms and conditions currently applicable.
7. FIXING/AMENDING COST OF INPUTS FOR BUS FLEET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE UNDER NCC
Sr nr. Input Cost elements Symbol of
Contracted /
tendered rate
per bus km*
Contracted /
tendered rates
as %age of CT
Remarks
cost element Rs/ bus km#
7.1. Input Cost per bus km(cpk)
7.1.1. Staff/Labour cost per km inclusive of overheads but excluding
revenue collection and repair maintenance cost ST ST
7.1.2. Fuel, Oil and lubricants cost per km FO FO
7.1.3. Tyres cost per km TY TY
7.1.4. Repair and Maintenance (R&M) cost per km (Rs / km) includes
labour for R&M, materials, spares, etc. # RM RM
7.1.5. Depreciation on buses, plant and equipment provided by PO DP DP
7.1.6. Taxes, fees, Insurance, etc. per km TX TX
7.1.7. Other charges per km OT OT
7.2. Total cost per km CT CT
7.3. Note: Item values marked '*' are only indicative values for assessing overall cost variations in future and may not reflect actual consumptions. '#'
rates as finalised by authority on receipt of bids
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 236
7.4. For revision of input cost per km following parameters/cost data be considered
7.4.1. Elemental input cost variations
Sr nr. Cost element wise details
Affected Cost
element
(symbol)
Rates Rs per unit at
Remarks Contract stage
Revision stage
i. Minimum labour wage rate for highly skilled labour as fixed by
concerned State Govt ST ST1 ST2
ii. Fuel rate Rs per litre (as applicable to concerned city PT Agency) FO FO1 FO2
iii. Tyres cost /km (DGS&D rate contract rates) TY TY1 TY2
iv. Wholesale Price Index as applicable to Automobiles for calculation
of variations in repair and maintenance related cost element. P P1 P2
v. Depreciation DP DP1 DP2
vi. Tax basket Rs./bus/year '=Sum of MV tax, pax tax, permit fees,
Insurance, etc. per year per bus TX TX1 TX2
vii. Others (administration, utilities, etc.) as per variation whole sale
price index OT OT1 OT2
7.4.2. 3 NOTES
i Fuel cost Rs. per litre of fuel
ii Tax basket rate to be calculated by adding annual individual taxes per bus. For taxes charged on basis of passenger seats, its annual value shall be
worked out by multiplying annual tax rate by contracted carrying capacity (seated plus standee passengers) of the bus.
iii For revision of staff related costs, minimum wage rate of highly skilled workman shall be taken as the basis
iv. Revision in repair and maintenance cost element, whole sale price index of auto parts / automobiles would be considered.
7.5. 4 Basic revised input cost per km = CT2
CT2 = ST * ST2 / ST1 + FO * FO2 / FO1 + TY * TY2 / TY1 + P * P2 / P1 +
DP * DP2 / DP1 + TX * TX2 / TX1 + OT * OT2 / OT1 or a simplified version
of above as under may also be used CT2b (simplified) = ST * ST2 / ST1 + FO
* FO2 / FO1 + A * W2 / W1 where, 'W' is whole sale price index for all items
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 237
and 'A' is sum of all other cost elements' contracted values i.e. A = TY1 +
RM1 + DP1 + TX1 + OT1
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 238
ANNEXURE XIV – BLOCK COST ESTIMATES
(All costs are indicative)
Block Cost Estimates – broadly capital and revenue expenses – block estimates –bus fleet of 100 standard size non AC buses
Sr.
No. Component
Authority GCC NCC Total
staff Financial
implication (Rs.
In lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In
lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In lakhs)
staff Financial
implication
(Rs. In lakhs)
A Ao
I Capital expenses –
1 Infrastructure
1.1 Land 5 acres per depot of 100 buses @ Rs
1000/ per sq mtr 40 40
1.2 Buildings and all other civil construction
works complete with utilities and
workshops – ready to use i.e. buildings,
workshops, offices, control room, hard
standing, boundary walls, complete set of
utilities including high mast lights - all fully
installed and commissioned @ Rs 6000/=
per sq mtr of land area - weighted average
240 240
1.3 Bus terminals
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 239
1.3.1 Land about 5 acres at one or more locations
depending upon city needs @Rs 1000/= per
sq mtr
40 40
1.3.2 Bus Terminal – all civil works – buildings,
hard standing, boundary wall, etc. as above
@Rs 3000/= per sq mtr of land area –
completed as above at 1.2.
120 120
1.4 Bus shelter @ 2 bus shelters per km of route
length- one on each side of road – total route
length of about 100 kms per city each
shelter costing@ Rs 10 lakhs per shelter –
land available free
200 200
1.5 Miscellaneous expenses and contingencies
– lump sum 50 50
1.5 Total Land and buildings 690 690
2.0 Plant and equipment, ITS, Control room,
etc.
2.1 Plant and equipment
2.1.1 Plant and equipment for repair and
maintenance of bus fleet including latest
driver training equipment, facilities and
simulator
350 350 350 700
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 240
2.2 Other miscellaneous equipment such office
furniture, air conditioners, vehicles,
computers, communication systems, etc.
40 20 40 40 100
2.3 ITS and Control room equipment including
those for data capturing, mining,
processing, analysing, report generations,
etc., other ITS equipment, software, etc. on
– board equipment with buses, and data
communication equipment, vehicle tracking
equipment on line, etc. by authority and PO
almost equally divided - assumption
200 200 200 400
2.4 Total for plant and equipment for 100 buses
maintenance
3.0 Buses
3.1 Buses -- 100 nos, low floor standard size
non AC diesel fuelled as per UBS II @Rs
50 lakhs per bus
5000 5000 5000 5000
II Operation and maintenance costs of PT
system of 100 buses
Nos Annual cost Rs
in Lakhs Nos
Annual
cost Rs in
Lakhs
Nos Annual cost
Rs in Lakhs Nos
Annual cost
Rs in Lakhs 1.0 Bus fleet and ITS, staff costs for Operations
and maintenance:
1.1 Staff for bus fleet O & M
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 241
Bus fleet operations and maintenance
management, administration, checking and
supervision, supervisors, managers, etc.
including CEO @8 man per bus for 2 to
2.25 shift working daily on an average and
government agencies leave, etc.; and
average cost to the company as Rs 25000/=
per staff per month
Staff distribution per bus taken as under:
Drivers : 3
Conductors : 3
Inspectors, Supervisors, Engineers,
Managers : 0.5
Workshop & Maintenance : 1
Administration, accts, etc. : 0.5
Total Staff per bus : 8
20 (335 by
revenue
collection
agency
outsourced)
60 1005 445 1335 780 2340 800 2400
1.2 Staff for ITS – O & M 15 45 10 30 10 30 25 75
2.0 Maintenance expenses
2.1 Bus fleet maintenance
Maintenance expenses for materials, spares,
bought out items, consumables, etc. for bus
fleet, etc. maintenance and management,
etc.
500 500 500
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 242
2.2 ITS and control room items
ITS system maintenance including
manpower etc. outsourced @20% of ITS
capital costs
40 40 40 80
2.3 PT infrastructure maintenance expenses
PT infrastructure maintenance @5% of
infrastructure cost (less land cost) 31 31 31
2.4 Plant and equipment maintenance
expenses @10% of P & E’s capital costs 41 39 39 80
3.0 Fuel and Lubricants costs
3.1 Fuel cost – Fuel Efficiency as 3.0 kmpl and
diesel rate as Rs 50 per litre, bus
productivity as 200 kms per bus held
1220 1220 1220
3.2 Lubricants 30 30 30
3.3. Depreciation, interest, etc. on borrowed
funds, etc. @15% of capital expenses 153 839 839 992
3.4 Miscellaneous expenses including taxes,
rates, utilities, communication, auxiliary
vehicles operation, etc. @ 33% of labour
costs
20 335 445 780 800
III Grand totals
Guidelines for participation by private operators in the provision of city bus transport services
Page | 243
1.0 Capital costs 1080 220 5590 5590 6890
2.1 O & M expenses in one year for 100 bus
fleet
2.1.1 In GCC 233 1466 4509 - 6208
2.1.2 In NCC 233 126 - 5849 6208
3.0 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.00, bus fleet
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
3577
3577
3577
3.1 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.50, bus fleet
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
5366
5366
5366
3.2 Revenue in a year for 100 bus fleet at a
fare per pax km rate of Re 1.75, bus fleet
average load factor of 0.70, bus carrying
capacity of 70 pax
6260
6260
6260
Summarising:
1. Overall capital expenses of about Rs 69 crores required for operationalising a bus fleet of 100 standard size low floor Non – AC buses
2. Fare per pax km of Rs 1.75 – considering no discounts and highly optimistic, year-long, average load factor of 0.70 – would need to be charged for
recovering all expenses from user tariff only.
Sustainable Urban Transport Project (SUTP), an initiative of the Ministry of Urban Development, launched in May 2010, is a sequel to adoption of National Urban Transport Policy (NUTP), 2006. SUTP aims at building capacity in Indian cities and pilot projects with the concept of ‘priority for moving people, not vehicles’. It is financed by Government of India/ participating States & Cities and aided by World Bank, GEF and UNDP. The project’s funding, about INR 17.5 billion, is used in building capacity in Transport planning pan India and demonstration of six projects in different cities. Under technical assistance component of SUTP to improve National, State and local capacity to implement NUTP, various guidance documents are being developed and this operations document is a part of the same.
NOVEMBER 2016
CIT
Y B
US
PR
IVA
TE
OP
ER
AT
ION
S - G
UID
EL
INE
S D
OC
UM
EN
T
SUSTAINABLE URBAN TRANSPORT PROJECT (SUTP)
The Guidelines Document for City Bus Private Operations has been undertaken by the Sustainable Urban Transport Project, Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), to guide cities in preparing a comprehensive bus contract suitable to the context and environment of their city.